Dell S2810dn Printer Smart User's Guide User Manual En Us

dell-s2810dn-printer Dell Smart Printer S2810dn User's Guide dell-s2810dn_user%27s%20guide_en-us

S2810dn to the manual da440b2b-03e8-4251-af12-872934378809

User Manual: Dell dell-s2810dn-printer Dell Smart Printer S2810dn User's Guide

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 316 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn
User's Guide
Regulatory model: Dell S2810dn
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
3
Contents
Before Beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
About License
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
As for RSA BSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ICC Profile Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
JPEG Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Math Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
libtiff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Zlib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1 Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide
. . . . . . . . . . .
23
Conventions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
2 Finding Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
3 Product Features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
4 About the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
Front and Rear Views
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
Rear View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Space Requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Additional Components
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Optional Accessories
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Non-bundled Items
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Securing the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Ordering Supplies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
4
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
Setting up the Printer (Printer Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5 Installing Optional Accessories
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Installing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Updating Your Driver to Detect 550-Sheet Feeder
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Verifying the Contents of the Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Using Dell Printer Easy Install
. . . . . . .
46
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Without Using Dell Printer Easy Install
. . .
47
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install
. . . . . .
51
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Configuration Tool
. . . . . . . . .
51
6 Connecting Your Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
Turning on the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
Connecting to a Computer or a Network
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
Connecting to a Computer Using the USB Cable (Direct Connection)
. . . . .
56
Connecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
Setting up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows Only)
. . . . . . .
57
Basic Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
58
7 Setting the IP Address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
Assigning an IP Address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
When Using the Dell Printer Easy Install
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
When Using the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
When Using the Tool Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
63
Verifying the IP Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
5
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
8 Loading Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
9 Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
. . . . .
67
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer
. . . . . . . . . .
67
Starting Dell Printer Easy Install
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
USB Cable Connection Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
Network Connection Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72
Setting Up for Shared Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
Checking the Shared Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
10 Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
. . . . .
79
Installing the Drivers and Software
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8,
OS X 10.9, or OS X 10.10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79
Configuring Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
11 Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
. . .
83
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
Setup Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
Installing the Printer Driver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
Setup Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
Installing the Printer Driver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
87
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
87
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
. . . . . . . .
88
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
6
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
Setup Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
Installing the Printer Driver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
89
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
Using Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
12 Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
About the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
Using the Number Pad
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
Number Pad Letters and Numbers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
Changing Numbers or Names
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
Printing a Panel Settings Report
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
Changing the Language
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
When Using the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
When Using the Tool Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
13 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Setting Up From Web Browser
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Setting Up From Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Overview of the Menu Items
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Printer Status
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Printer Jobs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Print Server Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Copy Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Print Volume
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Printer Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Tray Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
7
E-Mail Server Settings Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Set Password
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Online Help
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Order Supplies at:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Contact Dell Support at:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Page Display Format
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101
Top Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101
Left Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
102
Right Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Details of the Menu Items
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Printer Status
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
Printer Jobs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106
Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107
Print Server Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
116
Copy Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
Print Volume
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
Tray Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
133
14 Understanding the Printer Menus
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
Report / List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
Panel Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
PCL Fonts List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
PCL Macros List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
PS Fonts List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
PDF Fonts List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
Job History
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
Error History
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
Print Meter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Demo Page
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Stored Documents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
Admin Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
PCL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
PDF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
142
PS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
Network
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
145
USB Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
151
System Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
151
Maintenance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160
8
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
Secure Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
Tray Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
Tray 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
167
Tray 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
Tray Priority
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
169
Panel Language
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
169
Print Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
Secure Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
Private Mail Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170
Public Mail Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
Proof Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
Panel Lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
Enabling the Panel Lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172
Disabling the Panel Lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
173
Resetting Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
173
When Using the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
173
15 Print Media Guidelines
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Recommended Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Unacceptable Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Selecting Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
176
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
176
Envelopes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177
Labels
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177
Storing Print Media
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
178
Identifying Print Media and Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
178
Supported Paper Sizes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
179
Supported Paper Types
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
179
Paper Type Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
180
16 Loading Print Media
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
181
Capacity
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
181
Print Media Dimensions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
181
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
9
Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
. . . . . . . .
181
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
. . . . . . . . .
181
Loading Print Media in the MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
182
Loading Small Print Media in the MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183
Printing on Envelopes – Envelope Mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
185
To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
186
To Cancel the Envelope Mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
187
Loading Envelopes in the MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
188
Envelope #10, DL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
189
Monarch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
189
C5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
189
Loading Letterhead in the MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
190
Using the MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
190
Linking Trays
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
190
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
17 Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
Tips for Successful Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
Tips on Storing Print Media
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
Avoiding Paper Jams
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
Sending a Job to Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
Canceling a Print Job
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
®
Operating System
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Duplex Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
195
Duplex Printing With Duplex Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
195
Using Booklet Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
195
Using the Stored Print Feature
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
196
Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
197
Procedures for Printing Stored Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
198
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199
Adding Roles of Printer Services
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199
Printer Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
. . . . . . . . . . .
200
10
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
Printing With Wi-Fi Direct
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201
Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201
Printing via Wi-Fi Direct
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203
Resetting the Passphrase
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203
Resetting the PIN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
204
Mobile Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
204
Android OS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
204
Apple iOS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
204
Printing With AirPrint
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Setting Up AirPrint on Your Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Printing via AirPrint
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Printing With Google Cloud Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Preparing to Use the Printer with Google Cloud Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
206
Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service
. . . . . . . . . . .
206
Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service
. . . . . . . . . .
207
Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service
. . . . . . . . . .
208
Canceling Registration to Google Cloud Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208
Printing via Google Cloud Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208
Printing a Report Page
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
209
Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
209
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . .
210
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer
Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
Know Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
18 Understanding Your Printer Software
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
213
Printer Utility Software
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
Status Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
Tool Box
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
Updater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215
Status Monitor Widget Feature
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215
Installing the Status Monitor Widget
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
215
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
11
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
216
Printer Status Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
216
Order Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
217
Preferences
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
218
Status Monitor Console for Linux
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
Status Monitor Console Feature
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
220
Installing the Status Monitor Console
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
220
Starting the Status Monitor Console
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
220
Printer Selection Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
221
Printer Status Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
221
Dell Supplies Management System Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
222
Service Tag Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224
Settings Window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224
19 Using Digital Certificates
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
Managing Certificates
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
Preparing to Manage Certificates
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
. . . . . . . .
228
Importing a Digital Certificate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
Setting a Digital Certificate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
230
Deleting a Digital Certificate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
230
Exporting a Digital Certificate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
Setting the Features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
232
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
232
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2,
EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
233
20 Understanding Printer Messages
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
235
Status Codes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
235
21 Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
Operating System Compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
Power Supply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
Dimensions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
12
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
Memory
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and Interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
MIB Compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Environment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Print Quality Guarantee
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Storage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Altitude
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Cables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
241
Print Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
241
Optional Wireless Adapter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
242
Maintaining Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
22 Maintaining Your Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
Determining the Status of Supplies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
Conserving Supplies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
Ordering Supplies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
Storing Print Media
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
Storing Consumables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
Replacing the Toner Cartridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
247
Removing the Toner Cartridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
247
Installing a Toner Cartridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
248
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
249
Removing the Drum Cartridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
249
Installing a Drum Cartridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
249
Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller
. . . . . . .
252
Replacing the Fusing Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
252
Removing the Fusing Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
252
Installing a Fusing Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
253
Removing the Transfer Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
254
Installing a Transfer Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
254
Removing the Retard Roller in Tray1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
255
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
13
Installing a Retard Roller in Tray1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
256
Cleaning Inside the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
257
Moving the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
260
Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
261
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
23 Clearing Jams
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
267
Avoiding Jams
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
267
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
268
Clearing Paper Jams From the MPF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
269
Clearing Paper Jams From Tray1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
271
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fusing Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
273
If status code: 050-130 appears:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
273
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
275
If status code: 050-131 appears:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
276
Clearing Paper Jams From the Regi Roll
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
276
If status code: 050-142 appears:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
. . . . . . . . . . . .
279
If status code: 050-132 appears:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
279
Clearing Paper Jams From the Trays
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
282
When status code 050-134 appears:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
282
When status code 050-133 appears:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
24 Troubleshooting Guide
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
289
Basic Printer Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
289
Display Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
289
Printing Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
289
Print Quality Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
290
The output is too light
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
291
Toner smears or print comes off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
292
14
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
Random spots/Blurred images
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
293
The entire output is blank
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
294
Streaks appear on the output
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
295
Pitched dots
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
296
Vertical blanks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
297
Mottle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
298
Ghosting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
299
Light-induced fatigue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300
Fog
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
301
Jagged characters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
302
Banding
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
303
Auger mark
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
304
Wrinkled/Stained paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
304
Damage on the leading edge of paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
305
Jam/Alignment Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
305
The top and side margins are incorrect
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
306
Images are skewed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
306
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
307
MPF Misfeed Jam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
308
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
308
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
309
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
309
MPF Multi-feed Jam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
310
Noise
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
310
Digital Certificate Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
311
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Wi-Fi Direct Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Other Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Contacting Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
315
Online Services
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
315
Warranty and Return Policy
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents
15
Recycling Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Contacting Dell
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
16
Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007
17
Before Beginning
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings..................................................... 19
1 Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide.......................... 23
2 Finding Information..................................................................... 25
3 Product Features......................................................................... 27
4 About the Printer......................................................................... 29
18
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
19
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
NOTE:
A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your printer.
CAUTION:
A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed.
WARNING:
A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text:
Dell
and the
DELL
logo
are trademarks of Dell Inc.;
Microsoft
,
Windows
,
Windows Server
,
Windows Vista, and
Active Directory
are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries;
Apple,
Bonjour, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Macintosh, Mac OS
,
OS X
, and
TrueTyp e
are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
AirPrint
and the
AirPrint
logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.;
Android, Google Chrome, Gmail, Google, Google Cloud Print, Google
Drive
, and
Google Play
are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.;
Adobe
,
PostScript
and
Photoshop
are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries;
Wi-Fi
and
Wi-Fi Direct
are registered
trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance;
Wi-Fi Protected Setup
,
WPA
and
WPA2
are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance;
Red Hat
and
Red Hat Enterprise
Linux
are registered trademarks of Red Hat. Inc. in the U.S. and other countries;
SUSE
is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc., in the United
States and other countries;
Thinxtream
is trademark of Thinxtream Technologies Pte. Ltd.;
QR Code
is a registered trademark of Denso Wave
Incorporated.
RSA
and
BSAFE
are either registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products.
Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
About License
XML Paper Specification (XPS)
: This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions
upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369;
DES
: This product
includes software developed by Eric Young (eay@mincom.oz.au);
AES
: Copyright (c) 2003, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights
reserved. This product uses published AES software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms;
ICC Profile (Little cms)
:
Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.
As for RSA BSAFE
This printer includes RSA
®
BSAFE
®
Cryptographic software from EMC Corporation.
ICC Profile Header
Copyright (c) 1994-1996 SunSoft, Inc.
Rights Reserved
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN
NO EVENT SHALL SUNSOFT, INC. OR ITS PARENT COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of SunSoft, Inc. shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
dealings in this Software without written authorization from SunSoft Inc.
20
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
JPEG Library
Independent JPEG Group's free JPEG software
-------------------------------------------
This package contains C software to implement JPEG image encoding, decoding, and transcoding. JPEG is a standardized compression method
for full-color and gray-scale images.
The distributed programs provide conversion between JPEG "JFIF" format and image files in PBMPLUS PPM/PGM, GIF, BMP, and Targa file
formats. The core compression and decompression library can easily be reused in other programs, such as image viewers. The package is highly
portable C code; we have tested it on many machines ranging from PCs to Crays.
We are releasing this software for both noncommercial and commercial use. Companies are welcome to use it as the basis for JPEG-related
products. We do not ask a royalty, although we do ask for an acknowledgement in product literature (see the README file in the distribution for
details). We hope to make this software industrial-quality --- although, as with anything that's free, we offer no warranty and accept no liability.
For more information, contact jpeg-info@jpegclub.org.
Contents of this directory
-------------------------------------------
jpegsrc.vN.tar.gz contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Unix format.
jpegsrN.zip contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Windows format.
jpegaltui.vN.tar.gz contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Unix format.
jpegaltuiN.zip contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Windows format.
wallace.ps.gz is a PostScript file of Greg Wallace's introductory article about JPEG. This is an update of the article that appeared in the April 1991
Communications of the ACM.
jpeg.documents.gz tells where to obtain the JPEG standard and documents about JPEG-related file formats.
jfif.ps.gz is a PostScript file of the JFIF (JPEG File Interchange Format) format specification.
jfif.txt.gz is a plain text transcription of the JFIF specification; it's missing a figure, so use the PostScript version if you can.
TIFFTechNote2.txt.gz is a draft of the proposed revisions to TIFF 6.0's JPEG support.
pm.errata.gz is the errata list for the first printing of the textbook "JPEG Still Image Data Compression Standard" by Pennebaker and Mitchell.
jdosaobj.zip contains pre-assembled object files for JMEMDOSA.ASM. If you want to compile the IJG code for MS-DOS, but don't have an
assembler, these files may be helpful.
Math Library
Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved.
====================================================
copysignf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
math_private.h: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
powf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
scalbnf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
libtiff
Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names
of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
21
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Zlib
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version 1.2.8, April 28th, 2013
Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from
the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,
subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a
product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler
jloup@gzip.org madler@alumni.caltech.edu
____________________
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in
applicable FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
April 2015 Rev. A00
22
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide
23
1
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation of your Dell Smart Printer |
S2810dn. For information on other documentation included with your Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn, see "Finding
Information."
NOTE:
In this manual, Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn is referred to as the "printer."
NOTE:
In this manual, the procedures for the computer are explained using Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 unless stated otherwise.
Conventions
The following describe the meaning of the symbols and fonts used in this manual:
Bold texts :
• Names of hardware button on the operator panel.
• Screen names on the LCD panel.
• Menus, commands, windows, or dialog boxes displayed on the computer screen.
Texts in
Courier New
font : • Menus and messages displayed on the LCD panel.
• Characters entered from the computer.
•Directory paths.
<>
: • Key on the keyboard of the computer.
: • Indicates a path to a certain item within a procedure on a computer.
" "
: • Cross references in this manual.
• Characters entered from the operator panel.
• Messages displayed on the computer screen.
24
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide
Finding Information
25
2
Finding Information
What are you looking for? Find it here
• Drivers for my printer
•My
User's Guide
Software and Documentation
disc
The
Software and Documentation
disc contains setup video, documentation,
and drivers for your printer. You can use the
Software and Documentation
disc to
install drivers or access your setup video and documentation.
Readme files may be included on your
Software and Documentation
disc to
provide last-minute updates about technical changes to your printer or advanced
technical reference material for experienced users or technicians.
• How to set up my printer
• How to use my printer
Setup Guide
• Safety information
• Warranty information
Important Information
WARNING:
Read and follow all safety instructions in the
Important
Information
prior to setting up and operating your printer.
• Express Service Code and Service Tag
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located inside the front cover of
your printer.
• Latest drivers for my printer
• Documentation for my printer
Go to dell.com/support.
• Answers to technical service and support
questions
dell.com/support provides several online tools, including:
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from technicians, and
online courses
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as the printer drivers
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status, warranty, and repair
information
•Downloads — Drivers
• Manuals— Printer documentation and product specifications
Go to dell.com/support. Select your region, and fill in the requested details to
access help tools and information.
Service Tag
ABCD123
Express Service Code
01234567890
26
Finding Information
Product Features
27
3
Product Features
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.
Duplex Printing (Duplex Print)
The Duplex Printing feature enables you to print two or
more pages on both sides of a sheet of paper. This feature
helps save paper.
Multiple Up in the Layout tab (N-up Print)
The Multiple Up feature enables you to print documents as
reduced-size documents containing multiple pages on a
single sheet of paper by setting from the printer driver. This
feature helps save paper.
Using the Stored Print Feature (Stored Print)
The Stored Print feature allows you to temporarily store
your print data in the printer memory, so you can print it
later. When printing confidential jobs, use the number pad
to enter the password. You can effectively manage your
time when you print confidential data or large-volume data
at off-peak hours.
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
When the printer is connected to a computer via network
using Web Services on Devices (WSD), you can print
documents from the computer using the Web Services on
Devices (WSD) Print function.
28
Product Features
About the Printer
29
4
About the Printer
This chapter provides an overview of your Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn.
Front and Rear Views
Front View
NOTE:
Extend the output tray extension to prevent the printed paper from falling off the printer.
1Operator Panel 5Optional 550-Sheet Feeder (Tray2)
2Output Tray Extension 6Toner Cartridge
3Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) 7Drum Cartridge
4Tra y1 8Front Cover
345
7 68
1 2
30
About the Printer
Rear View
1Left Side Cover 7Chute
2Power Switch 8Duplex Unit
3Ethernet Port 9Tra nsfer Unit
4USB Port 10 Fusing Unit
5Wireless Adapter Socket 11 Rear Cover
6Power Connector
1
2
4
3
5
6
8
9
10
11
7
About the Printer
31
Space Requirements
Provide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessories, and for proper ventilation.
Operator Panel
For more information on the operator panel, see "About the Operator Panel."
400 mm/15.75 inches
273 mm/10.75 inches
400 mm/15.75 inches
438 mm/17.24 inches
600 mm/23.62 inches
400 mm/15.75 inches
410 mm/16.14 inches
100 mm/3.94 inches
32
About the Printer
Additional Components
Optional Accessories
The following optional accessories are available for the printer.
• Wireless adapter
• Optional 550-sheet feeder
Non-bundled Items
The following items are required for connecting the printer to a computer or a network. Please purchase them as
needed.
•USB cable
• Ethernet cable
Securing the Printer
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.
Security Slot
Security Slot
About the Printer
33
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell online when using a networked printer. Enter the IP address of your printer in
your web browser, launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the web address under Order Supplies
at: to order toner or supplies for your printer.
You can also order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell by using the Dell Supplies Management
System:
NOTE:
For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order Supplies button to open Order window.
1
Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop:
a
Right-click
DLRMM.EXE
under
x:\abc\Dell Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder
, where
x:\abc
is the location where the printer software is installed.
b
Choose
Send To
from the drop-down menu, and then click
Desktop (create shortcut)
on the submenu.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking
Start

All Programs

Dell Printers

Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn

Dell Supplies Management System
.
2
Click the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
link (
www.dell.com/supplies
), or order Dell printer supplies
by phone.
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer’s Service Tag ready.
For the location of your Service Tag, see
"
Express Service Code and Service Tag.
"
34
About the Printer
35
Setting up the Printer (Printer
Setup)
5 Installing Optional Accessories................................................ 37
6 Connecting Your Printer............................................................. 53
7 Setting the IP Address ............................................................... 61
8 Loading Paper.............................................................................. 65
9 Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers............. 67
10 Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers.............. 79
11 Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS).......... 83
36
Installing Optional Accessories
37
5
Installing Optional Accessories
You can make the printer more functional by installing the optional accessories. This chapter describes how to install
the printer's options such as the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) and wireless adapter.
Installing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
WARNING:
If you install the optional 550-sheet feeder after setting up the printer, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the
power cable, and disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer before starting this task.
NOTE:
The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy
Install, click Installation Video.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer.
2
Remove the tape and the bag holding the screws.
NOTE:
Save the screws as you will need them later.
3
Place the optional 550-sheet feeder in the same location that the printer is located.
4
Gently pull open the MPF cover.
5
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
6
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.
38
Installing Optional Accessories
7
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
8
Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 550-sheet feeder with the holes at the bottom of the
printer. Gently lower the printer onto the optional 550-sheet feeder.
WARNING:
Two people are required to lift the printer.
WARNING:
Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto the optional 550-sheet feeder.
9
Secure the optional 550-sheet feeder to the printer by tightening the two screws provided with the feeder, using a
coin or similar object.
Installing Optional Accessories
39
10
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
11
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF cover.
12
Re-connect all cables into the rear of the printer, and turn on the printer.
NOTE:
The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not detect the paper type.
13
Print the printer settings report to confirm that the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed correctly.
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."
14
Confirm
Tray2 (550 Sheet Feeder)
is listed in the printer settings report under
Printer Options
.
If the feeder is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and re-install the optional 550-sheet feeder.
15
After loading paper in the optional 550-sheet feeder, specify the paper type from the operator panel.
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Press the button until
Tray Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Press the button until
Tray 2
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
d
Press the button until
Paper Type
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
e
Press the button until the paper type for the optional 550-sheet feeder is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
f
Confirm that the selected paper type is highlighted, and then press the
(Menu)
button.
16
If you installed the optional 550-sheet feeder after installing the printer driver, update your driver by following the
instructions for each operating system. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each client.
40
Installing Optional Accessories
Updating Your Driver to Detect 550-Sheet Feeder
When Using PCL Driver
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer, follow these
steps:
1
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Installable Options
.
2
Select
Paper Tray Configuration
in the Items list box.
3
Select
2 Trays
in the
Paper Tray Configuration
drop-down menu in
Setting for
.
4
Click
OK
.
5
Close the
Devices and Printers
(
Printers
, or
Printers and Faxes
) dialog box.
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
8/
Windows
®
8 x64/
Windows
®
8.1/
Windows
®
8.1 x64/
Windows Server
®
2012/
Windows Server
®
2012 R2
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows
Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows
®
7/
Windows
®
7 x64/
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows Vista
®
/
Windows Vista
®
x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows Server
®
2008/
Windows Server
®
2008 x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows Server
®
2003/
Windows Server
®
2003 x64
1
Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Printers and Faxes
dialog box.
Installing Optional Accessories
41
When Using PS Driver
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer, follow these
steps:
1
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Installable Options
.
2
Select
Paper Tray Configuration
in the
Items
list box.
3
Select
Tray2
in the
Paper Tray Configuration
drop-down menu in
Setting for
.
4
Click
OK
.
5
Close the
Devices and Printers
(
Printers
, or
Printers and Faxes
) dialog box.
Windows
®
8/
Windows
®
8 x64/
Windows
®
8.1/
Windows
®
8.1 x64/
Windows
®
Server 2012/
Windows
®
Server 2012 R2
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows
Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows
®
7/
Windows
®
7 x64/
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows Vista
®
/
Windows Vista
®
x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows Server
®
2008/
Windows Server
®
2008 x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows Server
®
2003/
Windows Server
®
2003 x64
1
Click
Start
Printers and Faxes
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Configuration
tab, and then select
Bi-Directional Setup
.
4
Select
Get Information from Printer
and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
6
Close the
Printers and Faxes
dialog box.
OS X 10.9.x/OS X 10.10.x
1
Select
Printers & Scanners
in
System Preferences
.
2
Select the printer in the
Printers
list, and click
Options & Supplies
.
3
Select
Options
, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click
OK
.
42
Installing Optional Accessories
When Using XML Paper Specification (XPS) Driver
NOTE:
The XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support Windows Server
®
2003 and Windows Server
®
2003 x64.
OS X 10.7.x/OS X 10.8.x
1
Select
Print & Scan
in
System Preferences
.
2
Select the printer in the
Printers
list, and click
Options & Supplies
.
3
Select
Driver
, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click
OK
.
Mac OS X 10.5.x/Mac OS 10.6.x
1
Select
Print & Fax
in
System Preferences
.
2
Select the printer in the
Printers
list, and click
Options & Supplies
.
3
Select
Driver
, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click
OK
.
Windows
®
8/
Windows
®
8 x64/
Windows
®
8.1/
Windows
®
8.1 x64/
Windows Server
®
2012/
Windows Server
®
2012 R2
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows
Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Device Setting
tab, and then select
Available
in
Tray 2
drop-down menu.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows
®
7/
Windows
®
7 x64/
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Device Setting
tab, and then select
Available
in
Tray 2
drop-down menu.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows Vista
®
/
Windows Vista
®
x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Device Setting
tab, and then select
Available
in
Tray 2
drop-down menu.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows Server
®
2008/
Windows Server
®
2008 x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Device Setting
tab, and then select
Available
in
Tray 2
drop-down menu.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Installing Optional Accessories
43
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
The wireless adapter allows you to use the printer with wireless network connection.
The specifications of the wireless adapter are described below.
*1
EAP method supports PEAPv0, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS PAP, and EAP-TTLS CHAP.
*2
WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK,
WPA-PSK AES, WPA2-PSK AES, Open (No Security)
NOTE:
When the wireless adapter is installed, you cannot use IEEE 802.1x authentication and/or the Ethernet port for a wired
connection.
Verifying the Contents of the Box
Item Specification
Connectivity Technology Wireless
Compliant Standards IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n
Bandwidth 2.4 GHz
Data Transfer Rate IEEE 802.11n: 65 Mbps
IEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps
IEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps
Security 64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES), WPA-Enterprise (TKIP, AES)
*1
,
WPA2-Enterprise (AES)
*1
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
*2
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Installing the Optional
Wireless Adapter
Wireless Adapter
44
Installing Optional Accessories
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
NOTE:
The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. On Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation
Video.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Ensure that the Ethernet cable is disconnected from the printer.
3
Align the connector and the three protrusions of the wireless adapter with the four holes and insert the adapter.
NOTE:
Ensure that the adapter is fully inserted and secured.
4
Turn o n the p r inter.
NOTE:
If a message displays telling you to make initial setup on the LCD panel, always do as instructed.
5
Print the printer settings report to confirm that the wireless adapter is installed correctly.
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."
6
Confirm that the
Network (Wireless)
section exists.
7
Configure the wireless adapter to connect to a wireless network. For details, see "Configuring the Optional
Wireless Adapter."
Installing Optional Accessories
45
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
You need to know the settings for the wireless network to set up the wireless printer. For details of the settings,
contact your network administrator.
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
This section describes how to configure a wireless adapter.
You can select a method to configure a wireless adapter from the following:
• Wizard Setup through Dell Printer Easy Install
•WPS-PBC
*1*3
•WPS-PIN
*2*3
•Auto SSID Setup
• Manual SSID Setup
• Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
*1 WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless
configuration, by pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing WPS-PBC setting on the
operator panel. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS.
*2 WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless
configuration, by entering PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through access point, is available only
when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS.
*3 WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK AES,
WPA2-PSK AES, WPA-PSK TKIP, Open (No Security)
NOTE:
The optional wireless adapter must be installed on the printer. For information on how to install a wireless adapter, see
"Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."
NOTE:
If
Panel Lock Control
is set to
Enable
, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the
Admin
Settings
menu.
NOTE:
For details about using WPA-Enterprise-AES, WPA2-Enterprise-AES, or Mixed Mode Enterprise, see "Using Digital
Certificates."
Wireless Settings SSID Specifies the name that identifies the wireless network with up to 32
alphanumeric characters.
Network Mode Specifies the network mode from Ad-hoc or Infrastructure.
Security Settings Security Selects the encryption type from No Security, Mixed mode PSK
*
, WPA2-
PSK-AES, and WEP.
Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from the list.
WEP Key Specifies the WEP key used through the wireless network only when WEP is
selected as the encryption type.
Passphrase Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63 bytes long
and the hexadecimal characters of 64 bytes long only when Mixed mode
PSK
*
or WPA2-PSK-AES is selected as the encryption type.
*
Mixed mode PSK automatically selects an available encryption type from WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-PSK-AES.
46
Installing Optional Accessories
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Using Dell Printer Easy Install
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc provided with the printer into your computer. The
Dell Printer Easy
Install
program launches automatically.
2
Click
Main Menu
.
3
Click
Change
.
4
Select
Configure the Wi-Fi settings
, and then click
Next
.
5
Follow the on-screen instructions, and configure the wireless settings of the printer.
Installing Optional Accessories
47
For WPS-PBC, WPS-PIN, Auto SSID Setup, Manual SSID Setup, and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see
the following instructions.
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Without Using Dell Printer Easy Install
WPS-PBC
You can start Push Button Configuration only from the operator panel.
NOTE:
WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required
for wireless configuration by pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing WPS-
PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS.
NOTE:
Before starting WPS-PBC, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may vary) on the wireless LAN access
point. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless
LAN access point.
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
WPS Setup
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that
Push Button Configuration
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Ensure that
Start
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Ensure that the message
Please wait WPS Setting
is displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless
LAN access point (Registrar) within 2 minutes.
8
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.
WPS-PIN
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel.
NOTE:
WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices
required for wireless configuration by entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed through an
access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router support WPS.
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
WPS Setup
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that
PIN Code
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Write down the displayed 8-digit PIN code or select
Print PIN Code
. The PIN code is printed.
8
Ensure that
Start Configuration
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
9
Ensure that the message
Please wait WPS Setting
is displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on step
7 into the wireless LAN access point (Registrar).
NOTE:
For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access
point.
10
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.
48
Installing Optional Accessories
Auto SSID Setup
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
Wi-Fi Setup
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer automatically searches the access points on wireless network.
6
Press the button until the desired access point is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
If the desired access point does not appear, go to "Manual SSID Setup."
NOTE:
Some hidden SSID may not be displayed. If the SSID is not detected turn on SSID broadcast from the router.
7
Enter the WEP key or pass phrase.
When the encryption type of the selected access point is WEP in step 6:
• Enter the WEP key, and then press the
(Set)
button.
When the encryption type of the selected access point is WPA, WPA2 or Mixed in step 6:
• Enter the pass phrase, and then press the
(Set)
button.
8
The
Restart System
screen appears.
9
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
Manual SSID Setup
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
Wi-Fi Setup
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Press the button until
Manual Setup
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Enter the SSID, and then press the
(Set)
button.
8
Select the network mode from
Infrastructure
and
Ad-hoc
depending on your environment, and then press
the
(Set)
button.
If you select
Infrastructure
, proceed to step 9.
If you select
Ad-hoc
, proceed to step 10.
9
Select the encryption type from
No Security
,
Mixed mode PSK
,
WPA2-PSK-AES
, or
WEP
.
If you do not set security for your wireless network:
•Press the
button until
No Security
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
To use Mixed mode PSK, or WPA2-PSK-AES encryption:
a
Press the button until
Mixed mode PSK
or
WPA2-PSK-AES
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
b
Enter the passphrase, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Installing Optional Accessories
49
To use WEP encryption:
a
Press the button until
WEP
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Press the button to highlight the desired transmit key from
Auto
or
WEP Key 1
to
WEP Key 4
, and
then press the
(Set)
button.
Proceed to step 11.
10
Select the encryption type from
No Security
or
WEP
.
If you do not set security for your wireless network:
•Ensure that
No Security
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
To use WEP encryption:
a
Press the button until
WEP
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Press the button to highlight the desired transmit key from
WEP Key 1
to
WEP Key 4
, and then press
the
(Set)
button.
11
The
Restart System
screen appears.
12
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE:
For details about using WPA-Enterprise-AES, WPA2-Enterprise-AES or Mixed Mode Enterprise, see "Using Digital
Certificates."
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off and the wireless adapter is connected to the printer.
2
Connect the printer to the network with an Ethernet cable.
For details about how to connect the Ethernet cable, see "Connecting to a Computer or a Network."
3
Turn o n the p r inter.
4
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.
5
Click
Print Server Settings
.
6
Click
Print Server Settings
tab.
7
Click
Wi-Fi
.
8
Enter the SSID in the
SSID
text box.
9
Select
Ad-Hoc
or
Infrastructure
in the
Network Type
drop-down list box.
10
Select the encryption type from
No Security
,
WEP, WPA-PSK-AES/WEP2-PSK AES
, and
Mixed Mode PSK
in
the
Encryption
drop-down list box, and then set each item for the encryption type selected.
NOTE:
For details on each item, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."
11
Click
Apply New Settings
to apply the settings.
12
Turn off the printer, disconnect the Ethernet cable and turn it on again.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
50
Installing Optional Accessories
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings
To change the wireless settings from your computer, perform the following.
NOTE:
To change the wireless settings through wireless connection, ensure that the wireless connection setting is completed
in "Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter."
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE:
The following settings are available when the network mode is set to infrastructure in "Configuring the Optional Wireless
Adapter."
1
Check the IP address of the printer.
For details about how to check the IP address of the printer, see "Verifying the IP Settings."
2
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.
3
Click
Print Server Settings
.
4
Click
Print Server Settings
tab.
5
Click
Wi-Fi
.
6
Change the wireless settings of the printer.
7
Reboot the printer.
8
Change the wireless settings on your computer or access point accordingly.
NOTE:
To change the wireless settings on your computer, refer to the manuals provided with the wireless adapter or if
your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless settings using that tool.
Installing Optional Accessories
51
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc provided with the printer into your computer. The
Dell Printer Easy
Install
program launches automatically.
2
Click
Main Menu
.
3
Click
Change
.
The
Configure Printer
window appears.
4
Select
Configure the Wi-Fi settings
, and then click
Next
.
5
Follow the on-screen instructions, and change the wireless setting of the printer.
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Configuration Tool
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Configuration Tool
.
The
Configure Printer
window of the
Dell Printer Easy Install
program appears.
2
Select
Configure the wireless network settings
, and click
Next
.
3
Follow the on-screen instructions, and change the wireless setting of the printer.
52
Installing Optional Accessories
Connecting Your Printer
53
6
Connecting Your Printer
To connect your Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn to a computer or device, the following specification must be met
for each of the connection type:
Connection type Connection specifications
Ethernet 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-T
Wireless (optional) IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
USB USB 2.0
1Ethernet port
2USB port
3Wireless adapter socket
1
2
3
54
Connecting Your Printer
Turning on the Printer
WARNING:
Do not use extension cords or power strips.
WARNING:
The printer should not be connected to an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system.
NOTE:
The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy
Install, click Installation Video.
1
Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of the printer, and then to a power source.
2
Turn on the printer. When the printer is connected via a USB cable, the USB driver is automatically installed.
Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
You need to set the printer language, time zone, clock date, and time when you turn on the printer for the first time.
When you turn the printer on, the wizard screen to perform the initial setup appears on the operator panel. Follow
the steps below to set the initial settings.
NOTE:
If you do not start configuring the initial settings, the printer automatically restarts in 3 minutes. After that, you can set the
following initial setup by enabling
Power on Wizard
on the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool if
needed.
For more information on operator panel, see
"Operator Panel."
For more information on
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
, see
"
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
1
The
Please Select Language
appears. Press the button until the desired language is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set)
button.
English
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Dansk
Nederlands
Norsk
Connecting Your Printer
55
2
The
Please Select Time Zone
appears. Press the button until the desired time zone is highlighted, and then
press the
(Set)
button.
Svenska
UTC -12:00
UTC -11:00 Midway Island, Niue, Samoa
UTC -10:00 Adak, Hawaii, Tahiti, Cook Islands
UTC -09:00 Alaska, Gambier Islands
UTC -08:00 Pacific Time (US & Canada), Pitcairn Islands, Tijuana
UTC -07:00 Arizona, Chihuahua, Dawson Creek, Mazatlan, Sonora, Mountain Time (US & Canada)
UTC -06:00 Cancun, Central America, Central Time (US & Canada), Easter Island, Galapagos Islands, Mexico City,
Monterrey, Saskatchewan
UTC -05:00 Atikokan, Bogota, Cayman Islands, Eastern Time (US & Canada), Grand Turk, Jamaica, Lima, Panama, Port-au-
Prince, Quito, Resolute, Havana
UTC -04:00 Asuncion, Atlantic Time (Canada), Bermuda, Blanc-Sablon, Caribbean Islands, Cuiaba, Georgetown, La Paz,
Manaus, Palmer Archipelago, Santiago, Stanley, Thule
UTC -03:30 St. John's
UTC -03:00 Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Cayenne, Greenland, Miquelon, Montevideo, Paramaribo, Rothera
UTC -02:00 Noronha, South Georgia Island
UTC -01:00 Azores, Scoresbysund, Cape Verde
UTC 00:00 Accra, Bamako, Casablanca, Dakar, Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London, Nouakchott, Reykjavik
UTC +01:00 Algiers, Amsterdam, Belgrade, Berlin, Bratislava, Brussels, Budapest, Copenhagen, Douala, Libreville, Luanda,
Madrid, Paris, Prague, Rome, Sarajevo, Skopje, Stockholm, Tunis, Vienna, Warsaw, Zagreb, Windhoek
UTC +02:00 Amman, Athens, Beirut, Bucharest, Cairo, Damascus, Harare, Helsinki, Istanbul, Jerusalem, Johannesburg,
Kaliningrad, Kiev, Kinshasa, Minsk, Nicosia, Riga, Sofia, Tripoli, Palestine
UTC +03:00 Addis Ababa, Aden, Antananarivo, Baghdad, Comoro Islands, Khartoum, Mayotte, Mogadishu, Moscow,
Nairobi, Qatar, Riyadh, Syowa
UTC +03:30 Tehran
UTC +04:00 Baku, Dubai, Mahe, Mauritius, Muscat, Reunion, Samara, Tbilisi, Yerevan
UTC +04:30 Kabul
UTC +05:00 Aqtau, Aqtobe, Ashgabat, Ekaterinburg, Karachi, Maldives, Samarkand, Kerguelen
UTC +05:30 Colombo, Kolkata
UTC +05:45 Kathmandu
UTC +06:00 Almaty, Bishkek, Chagos, Dhaka, Mawson, Omsk, Thimphu, Vostok, Novosibirsk
UTC +06:30 Cocos Islands, Yangon (Rangoon)
UTC +07:00 Bangkok, Christmas Island, Davis, Ho Chi Minh, Hovd, Jakarta, Krasnoyarsk
UTC +08:00 Casey, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Irkutsk, Kuala Lumpur, Makassar, Manila, Perth, Shanghai, Singapore, Taipei,
Ulaan Baatar
UTC +09:00 Dili, Jayapura, Palau, Pyongyang, Seoul, Tokyo, Yakutsk
UTC +09:30 Adelaide, Darwin
UTC +10:00 Brisbane, Dumont d'Urville, Guam, Hobart, Lindeman, Melbourne, Port Moresby, Saipan, Sydney, Vladivostok,
Sakhalin,
UTC +11:00 Efate, Guadalcanal, Kosrae, Magadan
UTC +12:00 Anadyr, Auckland, Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Islands, McMurdo
UTC +13:00 Tongatapu
56
Connecting Your Printer
3
Please Enter Date
appears. Specify the date, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Please Enter Time
appears. Specify the time, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer automatically restarts after selecting the
(Set)
button.
Connecting to a Computer or a Network
NOTE:
The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy
Install, click Installation Video.
NOTE:
Before making connections, be sure to turn off the printer.
Connecting to a Computer Using the USB Cable (Direct Connection)
A local printer is a printer which is directly connected to your computer using the USB cable. If your printer is
connected to a network instead of your computer, skip this section and go to "Connecting to a Network Using the
Ethernet Cable."
1
Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the rear of the printer.
NOTE:
Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol on the printer.
2
Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.
CAUTION:
Do not connect the printer USB cable to a USB port located on the keyboard.
1USB port
1
1
Connecting Your Printer
57
Connecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable
1
Connect the Ethernet cable.
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the rear of
the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or hub. To setup a wireless connection, insert the wireless adapter into
the wireless adapter socket on the back of the printer.
For a wireless connection, see "Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."
NOTE:
To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.
Setting up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows Only)
NOTE:
To set up the printer connected with Macintosh computers or Linux computers, see "Installing Printer Drivers on
Macintosh Computers" or "Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)" respectively.
Basic Setup
To set up the printer, you can use the Dell Printer Easy Install program on the computer running a Microsoft
Windows
operating system. The program will automatically configure the printer based on the connection method
between the computer and the printer, and install the drivers and software to your computer.
Before starting the basic setup, make sure that the printer is turned off, and ensure the cable connection as follows:
To set up the printer using the wireless connection, connect the optional wireless adapter and disconnect the
Ethernet cable from the printer. The printer will be connected to the same wireless network that the computer used
is currently connected.
To set up the printer using the Ethernet connection, connect the Ethernet cable to the printer.
To set up the printer using the USB connection, connect the USB cable to the printer.
NOTE:
Before making connections, be sure to turn off the printer.
NOTE:
In the basic setup, you cannot set up the printer using the USB connection where the wireless network is available. In
this case, set up the printer following the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method."
NOTE:
For Windows Vista
®
, the wireless connection settings cannot be done in the basic setup. To set up the printer following
the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method."
1Ethernet port
1
1
58
Connecting Your Printer
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc provided with the printer into your computer.
The
Dell Printer Easy Install
program launches automatically.
NOTE:
If the Dell Printer Easy Install program does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.
For Windows Server
®
2008 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2
Click
Start

Run
, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog
box, and then click
OK
.
For Windows Vista
®
and Windows
®
7
Click
Start

All Programs

Accessories

Run
, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the drive letter of the
optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click
OK
.
For Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Point to the top or bottom right corner of the screen, and then click
Search

Ty p e
Run
in the search box, click
Apps
(for
Windows
®
8 and Windows Server
®
2012 only), and then click
Run

Ty p e
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is
the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click
OK
.
2
Turn o n the p r inter.
3
Wait until the screen changes or click
Next
.
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
4
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Ready to Print!
screen appears.
5
Eject the
Software and Documentation
disc.
If the Main Menu of Dell Printer Easy Install Appears Without Starting or Completing the Basic Setup
Set up the printer following the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method."
Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method
You can set up the printer, specifying the connection method other than the one used in the basic setup.
Before starting the setup procedure below, make sure that the printer is turned off, and ensure the cable connection
as described in "Basic Setup."
Connecting Your Printer
59
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc provided with the printer into your computer.
The
Dell Printer Easy Install
program launches automatically.
2
Click
Main Menu
.
The Main Menu screen appears.
3
Turn o n the p r inter.
4
Click
Setup
.
5
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
6
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Ready to Print!
screen appears.
7
Eject the
Software and Documentation
disc.
60
Connecting Your Printer
Setting the IP Address
61
7
Setting the IP Address
Assigning an IP Address
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited by a period and can include up to
three digits in each section, for example, 111.222.33.44.
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select
Dual Stack.
Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask (for IPv4 only), and gateway address.
CAUTION:
Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance issues.
NOTE:
Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a system administrator.
NOTE:
When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 mode, use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. To display the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool, use the link-local address. To confirm the link-local address, print a printer settings report and
check the Link-Local Address under Network (Wired) or Network (Wireless).
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."
NOTE:
If
Panel Lock Control
is set to
Enable
, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the
Admin
Settings
menu.
When Using the Dell Printer Easy Install
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc provided with the printer into your computer. The
Dell Printer Easy
Install
program launches automatically.
2
Click
Main Menu
.
62
Setting the IP Address
3
Click
Change
.
The
Configure Printer
window opens.
4
Select
Configure the IP address settings
, and then click
Next
.
5
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
When Using the Operator Panel
For more information on using the operator panel, see
"
Operator Panel.
"
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
TCP/IP
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press the button until
IPv4
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Press the button until
Get IP Address
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Press the button until
Panel
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE:
If the message
This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart
is displayed, press the
(
Back
)
button.
8
Press the
(Back)
button.
9
Press the button until
IP Address
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.
Setting the IP Address
63
10
Use the number pad to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then Press the button.
The cursor moves to the next digit.
NOTE:
You can only enter one octet at a time and must press the button after entering each octet.
11
Enter the rest of the octets, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE:
If the message
This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart
is displayed, press the
(
Back
)
button.
12
Press the
(Back)
button.
13
Press the button until
Subnet Mask
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
14
Repeat steps 10 and 11 to set Subnet Mask.
NOTE:
If the message
This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart
is displayed, press the
(
Back
)
button.
15
Press the
(Back)
button.
16
Press the button until
Gateway Address
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
17
Repeat steps 10 to 12 to set the Gateway Address.
18
Turn off the printer and then turn it on again.
When Using the Tool Box
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Tool Box
.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
TCP/IP Settings
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
TCP/IP Settings
page appears.
4
Select the mode from
IP Address Mode
, and then enter the values in IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway
Address.
5
Click
Apply New Settings
to take effect.
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers with the installer. When you use the
Wireless or Ethernet Connection
feature, and the
Get IP Address
is set to
AutoIP or DHCP
on the printer, you
can set the IP address from 0.0.0.0 to the desired IP address on the printer selection window.
64
Setting the IP Address
Verifying the IP Settings
You can confirm the settings by using the operator panel, printing the printer settings report, or using the ping
command.
Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
TCP/IP
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press the button until
IPv4
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel.
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report
1
Print the printer settings report.
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."
2
Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in the printer settings report under
Network (Wired)
or
Network (Wireless)
.
If the IP address shows
0.0.0.0
(the factory default), an IP address has not been assigned. To assign one for your
printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
Send a ping request to the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command prompt on a network
computer, type "ping" followed by the new IP address (for example, 192.168.0.11):
ping 192.168.0.11
If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.
Loading Paper
65
8
Loading Paper
NOTE:
To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE:
The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy
Install, click Installation Video.
1
Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm.
2
Hold the tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3
Adjust the paper guides.
NOTE:
Extend the front side of the tray when you load Legal-size paper.
66
Loading Paper
4
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.
5
Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE:
Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.
6
Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
NOTE:
When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides and slide the extendable part of the tray by
pinching the length guide and sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
7
After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the printer.
NOTE:
If the front side of the tray is extended, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into the printer.
8
On the operator panel, press the or button until the desired paper size is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
9
Press the or button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE:
Set the same paper size and type as the actual paper being loaded. An error may occur if the paper size or type
setting is different from the loaded paper.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
67
9
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of your printer by performing one of the
procedures in "Verifying the IP Settings."
Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer
If you are running one of the following operating systems, you must change the firewall settings before installing the
Dell™ printer software:
•Windows Vista
®
•Windows
®
7
•Windows
®
8
•Windows
®
8.1
•Windows Server
®
2008
•Windows Server
®
2008 R2
•Windows Server
®
2012
•Windows Server
®
2012 R2
The following procedure uses Windows
®
7 as an example.
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc into your computer.
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
3
Select
System and Security
.
4
Click
Allow a program through Windows Firewall
.
5
Click
Change settings
Allow another program
.
6
Check
Browse
.
7
Ty p e
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the
File name
text box, and
then click
Open
.
8
Click
Add
, and then click
OK
.
Starting Dell Printer Easy Install
1
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc provided with the printer into your computer. The
Dell Printer Easy
Install
program launches automatically.
NOTE:
If the Dell Printer Easy Install program does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.
Windows Server
®
2008 and Windows Server
®
2008 R2
Click
start
Run
, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog
box, and then click
OK
.
For Windows Vista
®
and Windows
®
7
Click
Start

All Programs
Accessories
Run
, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the drive letter of
the optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click
OK
.
68
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
For Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2
Point to the top or bottom right corner of the screen, and then click
Search
Ty p e
Run
in the search box, click
Apps
(for
Windows
®
8 and Windows Server
®
2012 only), and then click
Run
Type
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is
the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click
OK
.
2
Click
Main Menu
.
The main menu window appears.
USB Cable Connection Setup
NOTE:
If you are connecting the printer to a network, see "Network Connection Setup."
For installing PCL and PS printer driver
1
Start the
Dell Printer Easy Install
program, following the procedures shown in "Starting Dell Printer Easy Install."
2
In the main menu window of
Dell Printer Easy Install
, click
Connect
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
69
3
Select
USB Cable Connection
, and then click
Next
.
4
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable, and then turn the
printer on.
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to the next page automatically.
5
Select either
Typical Installation (recommended)
or
Custom Installation
from the installation wizard, and then
click
Next
. If you select
Custom Installation
, you can select the specific software you want to install.
6
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Ready to Print!
screen appears.
If you want to verify installation, click
Print Test Page
before clicking
Finish
.
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE:
XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista
®
, Windows
Vista
®
64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008, Windows Server
®
2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008 R2, Windows
®
7,
Windows
®
7 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2.
NOTE:
If you are using Windows Vista
®
or Windows Server
®
2008, you need to install Service Pack 2 or later, and then the
Windows Platform Update (KB971644). The update (KB971644) is available for download from Windows
®
Update.
70
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
Windows Vista
®
or Windows Vista
®
64-bit Edition
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a local printer
.
5
Select the port connected to this product, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
. To use this
printer as the default printer, select the check box displayed under the
Printer name
, and then click
Next
.
Installation starts.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE:
If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the
desired action.
11
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
12
Click
Finish
.
Windows Server
®
2008 or Windows Server
®
2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE:
You must log in as an administrator.
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a local printer
.
5
Select the port connected to this product, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
11
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
.
If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
.
12
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
14
Click
Finish
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
71
Windows
®
7, Windows
®
7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server
®
2008 R2
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
When you use Windows Server
®
2008 R2, click
Add a local or network printer as an administrator
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Yes
.
NOTE:
If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired
action.
4
Click
Add a local printer
.
5
Select the port connected to this product, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
11
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
.
If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
.
12
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
14
Click
Finish
.
Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2012,
or Windows Server
®
2012 R2
1
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
.
3
Click
Hardware and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and
Printers
Add a printer
.
4
Click
The printer that I want isn’t listed
.
5
Select
Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings
, and then click
Next
.
6
Select the port connected to your printer, and then click
Next
.
7
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
8
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
9
Click
OK
.
10
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
11
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
. Installation
starts.
72
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
12
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
. Click
Next
.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation. To use this printer as the default
printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box.
14
Click
Finish
.
Network Connection Setup
For installing PCL and PS printer driver
1
Start the
Dell Printer Easy Install
program, following the procedures shown in "Starting Dell Printer Easy Install."
2
In the main menu window of
Dell Printer Easy Install
, click
Connect
.
3
Select
Wireless or Ethernet Connection
, and then click
Next
.
4
Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click
Next
. If the target printer is not displayed
on the list, click the (Refresh) button to refresh the list or click
add printer manually
to add a printer to the list
manually. You may specify the IP address and port name at this point.
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select the
I am setting up this printer on a server
check
box.
NOTE:
When using AutoIP,
0.0.0.0
is displayed in the installer. Before you can continue, you must enter a valid IP
address.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
73
NOTE:
In some cases,
Windows Security Alert
is displayed in this step when you use Windows Vista
®
, Windows Vista
®
64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008, Windows Server
®
2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008 R2, Windows
®
7,
Windows
®
7 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2. In this case, select
Unblock (Allow access
for Windows Server
®
2008 R2
and Windows
®
7), and then continue the procedure.
5
Specify the printer settings, and then click
Next
.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want to set the printer as the default printer, select the
Set this printer as default
check box.
c
If you want to install the PostScript 3 Compatible printer driver, select the
PS Driver
check box.
d
If you want other users on the network to access the printer, click
Advanced
check box and select
Share this
printer with other computers on the network
, and then enter a share name that users can identify.
6
Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install
. If you want to change the
installation destination, click
Change Destination Folder
and specify a new location.
7
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Ready to Print!
screen appears.
If you want to verify installation, click
Print Test Page
before clicking
Finish
.
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE:
XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista
®
, Windows
Vista
®
64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008, Windows Server
®
2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008 R2, Windows
®
7,
Windows
®
7 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2.
Windows Vista
®
or Windows Vista
®
64-bit Edition
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
6
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name
, and then click
Next
.
7
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device type
, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address
, and then click
Next
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE:
If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the
desired action.
8
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
9
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10
Click
OK
.
11
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
12
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
14
Click
Finish
.
74
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
Windows Server
®
2008 or Windows Server
®
2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE:
You must log in as an administrator.
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click
The printer that I want isn't listed
, go to step 6.
6
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name
, and then click
Next
.
7
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device
type
, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address
, and then click
Next
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE:
If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the
desired action.
8
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
9
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10
Click
OK
.
11
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
12
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
13
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
.
If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
.
14
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
15
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
16
Click
Finish
.
Windows Server
®
2008 R2
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
NOTE:
When you click
The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer by name or TCP/IP address
screen appears. Find your
printer on the screen.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE:
If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the
desired action.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
75
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
11
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
.
If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
.
12
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
14
Click
Finish
.
Windows
®
7 or Windows
®
7 64-bit Edition
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click
The printer that I want isn't listed
, go to step 6.
6
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name
, and then click
Next
.
7
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device type
, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address
, and then click
Next
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Yes
.
NOTE:
If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired
action.
8
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
9
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10
Click
OK
.
11
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
12
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
13
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
.
If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
.
14
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
15
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation.
16
Click
Finish
.
76
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2012, or
Windows Server
®
2012 R2
1
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_S2810dn.zip
(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)
2
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
.
3
Click
Hardware and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and
Printers
Add a printer
.
4
Click
The printer that I want isn’t listed
.
5
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP or host name
, and then click
Next
.
6
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device Type
, and enter the IP address in the
Hostname or IP address box
, and then
click
Next
.
7
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
8
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
9
Click
OK
.
10
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
11
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box, and then click
Next
. Installation
starts.
12
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you share your printer, select
Share this printer
so that others on your network can find and use it
. Click
Next
.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to verify installation. To use this printer as the default
printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box.
14
Click
Finish
.
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your network printer without leaving your
desk. You can view and/or change the printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering supplies.
NOTE:
The
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
is not available when the printer is directly connected to a computer or a print
server.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. The printer
configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
to send you an e-mail when the printer needs supplies or
intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
2
Click
E-Mail Server Settings Overview
link.
3
Under
E-Mail Server Settings
, enter the
Primary SMTP Gateway
,
Reply Address
, and your or key operator's e-mail
address in the e-mail list box.
4
Click
Apply New Settings
.
NOTE:
Connection pending until printer sends an alert
is displayed on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
77
Setting Up for Shared Printing
You can share your USB connected printer with other computers (clients) on the same network.
To share your USB connected printer, enable shared printing when installing the printer driver. You can also enable
shared printing by following the procedures below.
NOTE:
Printer utilities such as Status Monitor cannot be used from a network client.
Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer
Windows Server® 2003 or Windows Server® 2003 x64 Edition
1
Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Properties
.
3
On the
Sharing
tab, select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share name
text box.
4
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.
5
Click
OK
.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating system CD.
Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Sharing
.
3
Click
Change sharing options
.
The message
Windows needs your permission to continue
appears.
4
Click
Continue
.
5
Select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share name
text box.
6
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.
7
Click
OK
.
Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Sharing
.
3
Click
Change Sharing Options
if exists.
4
Select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share name
text box.
5
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.
6
Click
OK
.
Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server® 2008 R2
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Printer properties
.
3
On the
Sharing
tab, click
Change Sharing Options
if exists.
Select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share name
text box.
4
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
78
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers
Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, or Windows
Server® 2012 R2
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware
and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Printer properties
.
3
On the
Sharing
tab, click
Change Sharing Options
if exists.
4
Select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share name
text box.
5
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.
6
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
Checking the Shared Printer
To confirm that the printer is properly shared:
• Ensure that the printer object in the
Printers
,
Printers and Faxes
, or
Devices and Printers
folder is shared. The
shared icon is shown under the printer icon.
• From a network client, browse
Network
or
My Network Places
. Find the host name of the server and the shared
name you assigned to the printer.
After you have checked that the printer is shared, use methods such as Windows Point and Print to use the shared
printer from a network client.
NOTE:
If the OS bit editions (32/64 bit edition) differ between a print server and a client computer, you need to manually add the
printer driver for the client computer edition on the server. Otherwise, the printer driver cannot be installed on the client
computer using methods such as Point and Print. For example, if the print server runs on Windows Vista
®
32-bit edition, while
the client computer runs on Windows
®
7 64-bit edition, follow the procedures below to additionally install the printer driver for
64-bit client on the 32-bit server.
a
Click
Additional Drivers
on the screen for sharing printers.
For details about how to display this screen, see "Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer."
b
Select the
x64
check box, and then click
OK
.
c
Insert the
Software and Documentation
disc into your computer.
d
Click
Browse
to specify the folder that contains the 64-bit OS driver, and then click
OK
.
Installation starts.
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
79
10
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
Installing the Drivers and Software
1
Run the
Software and Documentation
disc on the Macintosh computer.
2
Double-click the
Dell S2810dn Installer
icon, and then click
Continue
.
3
When the popup dialog box prompts you for confirming the program included in the installation package, click
Continue
.
4
Click
Continue
on the
Important Information
screen.
5
Select a language for the
Software License Agreement
screen.
6
After reading the
Software License Agreement
,
click
Continue
.
7
If you agree to the terms of the
Software License Agreement
, click
Agree
to continue the installation process.
8
Confirm the installation location.
9
Click
Install
to perform the standard installation.
If you want to select a custom installation, click
Customize
to select items that you want to install.
• Dell Printer S2810dn Driver
• Dell Printer Status Monitor
10
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Type the administrator's name and password, and then click
OK
.
For OS X 10.7, 10.8, OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Type the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Software
.
11
When the installation is complete, click
Close
.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, or OS X 10.10
When Using a USB connection
1
Turn o n the p r inter.
2
Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
The printer is automatically added to your Macintosh computer.
When Using IP Printing
1
Turn o n the p r inter.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected via network.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer
and the printer.
3
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Print & Fax
.
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Print & Scan
.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Printers & Scanners
.
4
Click the Plus (+) sign, select
Add Printer or Scanner
(
Add Other Printer or Scanner
for OS X 10.7), and select
IP
.
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6, just click the Plus (+) sign and select
IP
.
80
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
5
Select
Line Printer Daemon - LPD
for
Protocol
.
6
Type the IP address for the printer in the
Address
area.
7
For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7: Select
Dell Printer S2810dn v3012 PS vX.X
for
Print Using
.
For OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, and OS X 10.10: Select
Dell Printer S2810dn v3012 PS vX.X
for
Use
.
NOTE:
When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
8
Click
Add
.
9
Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue
.
10
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Print & Fax
dialog box.
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Print & Scan
dialog box.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Printers & Scanners
dialog box.
When Using Bonjour
1
Turn o n the p r inter.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected via network.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer
and the printer.
3
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Print & Fax
.
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Print & Scan
.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Printers & Scanners
.
4
Click the Plus (+) sign, select
Add Printer or Scanner
(
Add Other Printer or Scanner
for OS X 10.7), and select
Default
.
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6, just click the Plus (+) sign and select
Default
.
5
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the
Name
(
Printer Name
for Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and
OS X 10.7)
list.
6
For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7:
Name
and
Print Using
are automatically entered.
For OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, and OS X 10.10:
Name
and
Use
are automatically entered.
NOTE:
If "AirPrint Printer" is automatically selected for Print Using (or Use), select "Dell Printer S2810dn v3012 PS vX.X"
manually.
7
Click
Add
.
8
Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue
.
9
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Print & Fax
dialog box.
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Print & Scan
dialog box.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Printers & Scanners
dialog box.
Configuring Settings
All the optional accessories are verified as installed
.
1
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Print & Fax
.
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Print & Scan
.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the
System Preferences
, and click
Printers & Scanners
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
81
2
Select the printer in the
Printers
list, and click
Options & Supplies
.
3
For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, and OS X 10.8: Select
Driver
, and select the options that have been
installed in the printer, and then click
OK
.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Select
Options
, and select the options that have been installed in the printer, and
then click
OK
.
82
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
83
11
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
This section provides information for installing or setting up the printer driver with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing
System) on Red Hat
®
Enterprise Linux
®
6 (32/64bit) Desktop or SUSE
®
Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32/64bit),
or Ubuntu 12.04 LTS (32/64bit).
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop
Setup Overview
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:
1
Install the printer driver.
2
Set up the print queue.
3
Specify the default queue.
4
Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1
Select
Applications
System Tools
Terminal
.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
For the 32-bit architecture
For the 64-bit architecture
The printer driver is installed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:
1
Open the URL
"http://localhost:631"
using a web browser.
2
Click
Administration
.
3
Click
Add Printer
.
4
Ty p e
root
as the user name, type the administrator password, and click
OK
.
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-
S2810dn-*.*-*.i686.rpm
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm –ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-
S2810dn-*.*-*.x86_64.rpm
84
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
For network connections:
a
Select
LPD/LPR Host or Printer
from the
Other Network Printers
menu, and click
Continue
.
b
Type the IP address of the printer in
Connection
, and click
Continue
.
Format:
lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
(the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections:
a
Select
Dell Printer S2810dn
from the
Local Printers
menu, and click
Continue
.
5
Type the name of the printer in the
Name
box in the
Add Printer
window, and click
Continue
.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information.
6
Select
Dell Printer S2810dn vx.x PS
from the
Model
menu, and click
Add Printer
.
The setup is complete.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the
application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box.
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla).
In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1
Select
Applications
System Tools
Terminal
.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:
1
Open the URL
"http://localhost:631"
using a web browser.
2
Click
Administration
.
3
Click
Manage Printers
.
4
Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.
5
Select
Set Default Options
from the
Administration
menu.
6
Click the desired setting item, specify the required settings, and click
Set Default Options
.
The message
Printer xxx default options have been set successfully.
appears.
The setting is complete.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lpadmin -d (Type the queue name)
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
85
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1
Select
Applications
System Tools
Terminal
.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
3
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4
Type the following command in the terminal window.
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:
1
Install the printer driver.
2
Set up the print queue.
3
Specify the default queue.
4
Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
and select
GNOME Terminal
on the Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
For the 32-bit architecture
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-Printer-S2810dn
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-
S2810dn-*.*-*.i686.rpm
86
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
For the 64-bit architecture
The printer driver is installed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
,
and
select
YaST
on the Application Browser.
2
Type the administrator password, and click
Continue
.
YaST Control Center
is activated.
3
Select
Hardware
on
YaST Control Center
, and select
Printer
.
The
Printer Configurations
dialog box opens.
For network connections:
a
Click
Add
.
The
Add New Printer Configuration
dialog box opens.
b
Click
Connection Wizard
.
The
Connection Wizard
dialog box opens.
c
Select
Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol
from
Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via
.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in
IP Address or Host Name:
.
e
Select
Dell
in the
Select the printer manufacturer:
drop-down menu.
f
Click
OK
.
The
Add New Printer Configuration
dialog box appears.
g
Select
Dell Printer S2810dn vx.x PS [Dell/Dell_Printer-S2810dn.ppd.gz]
from the
Assign Driver
list.
NOTE:
You can specify the printer
name in
Set Name:
.
h
Confirm the settings, and click
OK
.
For USB connections:
a
Click
Add
.
The
Add New Printer Configuration
dialog box opens.
The printer name is displayed in the
Determine Connection
list.
b
Select
Dell Printer S2810dn vx.x PS [Dell/Dell_Printer-S2810dn.ppd.gz]
from the
Assign Driver
list.
NOTE:
You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
c
Confirm the settings, and click
OK
.
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm –ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-
S2810dn-*.*-*.x86_64.rpm
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
87
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the
application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box.
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla).
In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
You can set the default queue when you add the printer.
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
,
and select
YaST
on the Application Browser.
2
Type the administrator password, and click
Continue
.
YaST Control Center
is activated.
3
Select
Hardware
on
YaST Control Cente
r, and select
Printer
.
The
Printer Configurations
dialog box opens.
4
Click
Edit
.
A
dialog box to modify the specified queue opens.
5
Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the
Connection
list.
6
Select the
Default Printer
check box.
7
Confirm the settings, and click
OK
.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.
1
Open a web browser.
2
Ty p e
http://localhost:631/admin
in
Location
, and press <Enter>.
3
Click
Manage Printers
.
4
Click
Set Printer Options
of the printer for which you want to specify the printing options.
5
Specify the required settings, and click
Set Printer Options
.
6
Ty p e
root
as the user name, type the administrator password, and click
OK
.
NOTE:
Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the printer queue. If you have not set it, go to
"Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator."
The message
Printer xxx has been configured successfully.
appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
88
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do operations as the printer administrator.
1
Select
Computer

More Applications...
and select
GNOME Terminal
on the Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
and select
GNOME Terminal
on the Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
3
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4
Type the following command in the terminal window.
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS
Setup Overview
1
Install the printer driver.
2
Set up the print queue.
3
Specify the default queue.
4
Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1
Click
Dash Home
, and enter
terminal
in the
Search
text box.
2
Click
Terminal
in the
Applications
category of the search results.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after
the Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after
the Enter password again prompt.)
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-Printer-S2810dn
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
89
3
Type the following command in the terminal window.
For the 32-bit architecture
For the 64-bit architecture
The printer driver is installed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1
Open the URL "
http://localhost:631
" using a web browser.
2
Click
Administration
.
3
Click
Add Printer
.
4
Type the user name and the administrator password, and click OK.
5
Select either of the following according to the type of your printer connection.
For network connections:
a
Select
LPD/LPR Host or Printer
from the
Other Network Printers
menu, and click
Continue
.
b
Type the IP address of the printer in
Connection
, and click
Continue
.
Format:
lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
(the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections:
a
Select
Dell Printer S2810dn
from the
Local Printers
menu, and click
Continue
.
6
Type the name of the printer in the
Name
box in the
Add Printer
window, and click
Continue
.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information.
If you want to share the printer, select the
Share This Printer
check box.
7
Select
Dell
from the
Make
menu, and click
Continue
.
8
Select
Dell Printer S2810dn vXXXX PS
from the
Model
menu, and click
Add Printer
.
The setup is complete.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the
application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box. However, sometimes you can print only from the default
queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you
want to print to as the default queue. For information on specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default
Queue."
sudo dpkg –i (Type the file path)/dell-printer-S2810dn-
x.y-z_i386.deb
(Type the administrator password)
sudo dpkg –i (Type the file path)/dell-printer-S2810dn-
x.y-z_amd64.deb
(Type the administrator password)
90
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)
Setting the Default Queue
1
Click
Dash Home
, and enter
terminal
in the
Search
text box.
2
Click
Terminal
in the
Applications
category of the search results.
3
Type the following command in the terminal window.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.
1
Open the URL "
http://localhost:631
" using a web browser.
2
Click
Administration
.
3
Click
Manage Printers
.
4
Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.
5
Select
Set Default Options
from the
Administration
menu.
6
Click the desired setting item, specify the required settings, and click
Set Default Options
.
The message
Printer xxx default options have been set successfully
. appears.
The setting is complete.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1
Click
Dash Home
, and enter
terminal
in the
Search
text box.
2
Click
Terminal
in the
Applications
category of the search results.
3
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
4
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
5
Type the following command in the terminal window.
The printer driver is uninstalled.
sudo lpadmin -d (Type the queue name)
(Type the administrator password)
sudo /usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)
(Type the administrator password)
sudo dpkg –r Dell-Printer-S2810dn
(Type the administrator password)
91
Using Your Printer
12 Operator Panel ............................................................................ 93
13 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool..................................... 97
14 Understanding the Printer Menus.......................................... 135
15 Print Media Guidelines............................................................. 175
16 Loading Print Media ................................................................. 181
92
Operator Panel
93
12
Operator Panel
About the Operator Panel
The operator panel has a 4-line LCD panel, a status LED, control buttons, and a number pad, which allows you to
control the printer.
1
Ready / Error LED
• Shows a green light when the printer is ready and a blinking green light when data is being received.
• Shows an amber light when an error occurs and a blinking amber light when an unrecoverable print error
occurs.
2
LCD Panel
• Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.
3
button
• Moves the cursor or highlight up or down.
4
button
• Moves the cursor or highlight right or left.
5
(Cancel)
button
• Cancels active or pending jobs.
6
Number Pad
• Enters numbers and characters.
7
(Power Saver)
button
• Enters or exits the Power Saver mode. When the machine is not used for a while, it enters the Power Saver
mode to reduce power consumption. When the Power Saver mode is active, the Power Saver button blinks.
NOTE:
When the printer is connected to a network via Ethernet or Wireless and
Power Off Timer
is set to
Auto
Detect
, the printer will not turn off automatically. To use the Power Off Timer feature with a network connected printer, set
Power Off Timer
to
On
.
1
2
3
4
4
10
5
6
7
8
93
94
Operator Panel
8
(Back)
button
• Returns to the previous screen.
9
(Menu)
button
• Moves to the top level of the menu.
10
(Set)
button
• Confirms the entry of values.
NOTE:
Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting. Be sure to press the
(Set) button to save the current entry or setting.
Using the Number Pad
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter characters and numbers. For example, when you enter the
password or when you setup wireless network.
Number Pad Letters and Numbers
Changing Numbers or Names
If you make a mistake while entering a number, press
the
(Cancel)
button
to delete the last digit or character.
Then enter the correct number or character.
Printing a Panel Settings Report
The panel settings report shows current settings for the printer menus. For details about how to print a panel settings
report, see "Report / List."
Key Assigned numbers, letters or characters
1 1 @ . _ - (space) \ & ( ) ! " # $ % ' ~ ^ | ` ; : ? , + * / = [ ] { } < >
2a b c A B C 2
3d e f D E F 3
4g h i G H I 4
5j k l J K L 5
6m n o M N O 6
7 p q r s P Q R S 7
8t u v T U V 8
9 w x y z W X Y Z 9
00
@ . _ -
# (space) \ & ( )
Operator Panel
95
Changing the Language
To change the language used on the LCD panel:
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Panel Language
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until the desired language is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
When Using the Tool Box
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Tool Box
.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
Panel Language
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Panel Language
page appears.
4
Select the desired language from
Panel Language
, and then click
Apply New Settings
.
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option
You can set the power saver timer for the printer. The printer enters the power saver mode when the printer is not
used for a certain period of time. If the Power Off Timer is set to Auto Detect or On, the printer
automatically turns off after a specified period of time passes in deep sleep mode.
NOTE:
If
Panel Lock Control
is set to
Enable
, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the
Admin
Settings
menu.
NOTE:
Power Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.
NOTE:
When the printer is connected to a network via Ethernet or Wireless and
Power Off Timer
is set to
Auto
Detect
, the printer will not turn off automatically. To use the Power Off Timer feature with a network connected printer, set
Power Off Timer
to
On
.
To set the power saver timer:
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
System Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Ensure that
Power Saver Timer
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press the button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Press the or button or enter the desired value using the number pad, and then press the
(Set)
button.
You can specify from 1 to 60 minutes for
Sleep
or 1 to 60 minutes for
Deep Sleep
.
You can specify from 60 to 1440 minutes for
Power Off Timer
, if you set
Power Off Timer
to
Auto
Detect
or
On
.
To return to the top menu, press the
(Menu)
button.
96
Operator Panel
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
97
13
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Overview
NOTE:
This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network using an Ethernet cable or the wireless printer
adapter.
One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is E-Mail Server settings, which sends e-mail to you
or the key operator when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the printers in your area, use the Printer
Information feature in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the
network to display the asset tag number.
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change the printer settings and keep track of
printing trends. If you are a network administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the
network using your web browser.
98
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Follow the procedures below to configure both the environment settings of your web browser and the operator panel
before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
NOTE:
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed unreadable if the pages were configured by the
language different from the language of your web browser.
Setting Up From Web Browser
For Internet Explorer®
Setting Up the Display Language
1
Select
Internet Options
from
Tools
on the menu bar.
2
Select
Languages
in the
General
tab.
3
Specify the display language in order of preference in the
Language
list.
For example:
•
Italian
(
Italy
) [
it-IT
]
•
Spanish
(
Traditional Sort
) [
es-ES tradnl
]
•
German
(
Germany
) [
de-DE
]
•
French
(
France
) [
fr-FR
]
•
English
(
United States
) [
en-US
]
•
Danish
[
da-DK]
•
Dutch
(
Netherlands
) [
nl-NL
]
•
Norwegian
(
Bokmal
) [
no
]
•
Swedish
[
sv-SE
]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1
Select
Internet Options
from the
Tools
menu.
2
Click
LAN Settings
under
Local Area Network (LAN) Settings
in the
Connections
tab.
3
Do either of the following:
•Clear the
Use a proxy server for your LAN
check box under
Proxy server
.
•Click
Advanced
, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the
Do not use proxy server for addresses
beginning with
field under
Exceptions
.
Setting Up From Operator Panel
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWS is set to Enable (the factory default) on
the operator panel. Confirm the operator panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool . For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus.
"
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
99
Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser.
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the printer settings report or display the TCP/IP settings
page, which lists the IP address. For details about how to find your printer's IP address, see "Verifying the IP
Settings."
Overview of the Menu Items
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool consists of the following menus:
• Printer Status
•Printer Jobs
•Printer Settings
• Print Server Settings
• Copy Printer Settings
•Print Volume
• Printer Information
•Tray Settings
• E-Mail Server Settings Overview
•Set Password
•Online Help
• Order Supplies at:
• Contact Dell Support at:
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to get immediate feedback on the printer supply status. When the toner cartridge is
running low, click the order supplies link on the first screen to order a new toner cartridge.
Printer Jobs
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and Completed Jobs page.
These pages show the details of the status regarding each print job.
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to change the printer settings and to view the settings in the operator panel remotely.
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions for
communications.
100
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Copy Printer Settings
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another printer or printers on the network by
typing the IP address of each printer.
NOTE:
You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Print Volume
Use the Print Volume menu to check the history of printing, such as paper usage, the types of jobs being printed,
limit to which users can use the maximum number of pages they can print.
Printer Information
Use the Printer Information menu to get information on service calls, inventory reports, or the status of current
memory and engine code levels.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to get information about the paper type and size for each tray.
E-Mail Server Settings Overview
Use the E-Mail Server Settings Overview menu to setup E-Mail Server access and receive e-mail when the printer
needs supplies or intervention. To be notified, type your name or the name of the key operator in the e-mail list box.
Set Password
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool with a password so that other users do
not inadvertently change the printer settings that you have selected.
NOTE:
You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Online Help
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support website.
Order Supplies at:
www.dell.com/supplies
Contact Dell Support at:
dell.com/support
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
101
Page Display Format
The layout of the page is divided into three sections listed below:
•Top Frame
•Left Frame
•Right Frame
Top Frame
The top frame is located at the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is activated, the
current status and specifications of the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page.
The following items are displayed in the top frame.
1Product Name Displays the product name of the printer.
2IPv4 Displays the IP address of the printer.
IPv6
3Location Displays location of the printer. The location can be changed in the Basic Information section on
the Print Server Settings page.
4Contact Person Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be changed in the Basic
Information section on the Print Server Settings page.
5 Event Panel Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer.
6Machine image Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu appears in the right frame when
you click the image.
234 651
102
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Left Frame
The left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles displayed in the left frame are linked to
corresponding menus and pages. You can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.
1Printer Status Links to the Printer Status menu.
2Printer Jobs Links to the Printer Jobs menu.
3 Printer Settings Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.
4Print Server Settings Links to the Print Server Reports menu.
5 Copy Printer Settings Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.
6Print Volume Links to the Print Volume menu.
7 Printer Information Links to the Printer Status menu.
8Tray Settings Links to the Tray Settings menu.
9E-Mail Server Settings
Overview
Links to the Print Server Settings menu.
10 Set Password Links to the Security menu.
11 Online Help Links to the Dell Support website.
12 Order Supplies at: Links to the Dell web page.
13 Contact Dell Support at: Links to the Dell Support website.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
7
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
103
Right Frame
The right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the right frame correspond to the menu
that you select in the left frame. For details on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu
Items."
Buttons in the Right Frame
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. When you
access these menus, the authentication window appears on the screen. Type a user name and password for the
printer administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL). You can change only the password in
the Set Password page in the Security menu. The user name cannot be changed. See "Set Password" for more
information.
Details of the Menu Items
1Refresh Button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest information in the right frame.
2 Apply New Settings
Button
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to the printer. The new
settings replace the old settings of the printer.
3Restore Settings Button Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were made. New settings will not be
submitted to the printer.
"Printer Status" "Printer Status" "Printer Status"
"Printer Events"
"Printer Information"
1 2 3
104
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
"Printer Jobs" "Printer Jobs" "Job List"
"Completed Jobs"
"Printer Settings" "Printer Settings Report" "Menu Settings"
"Reports"
"Printer Settings" "System Settings"
"Network Settings"
"USB Settings"
"PCL Settings"
"PS Settings"
"PDF Settings"
"Secure Settings"
"Printer Maintenance" "Paper Density"
"Adjust Transfer Unit"
"Adjust Fusing Unit"
"Adjust Density"
"Chart"
"Clean Developer"
"Clean Transfer Unit"
"Reset Defaults"
"Initialize PrintMeter"
"Storage"
*1
"Non-Dell Toner"
"Adjust Altitude"
"StaticMemory Ctr"
"Ghost Control"
"Clock Settings"
"Web Link Customization"
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
105
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and specifications of the printer.
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.
Printer Status
Purpose:
To check the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.
Values:
"Print Server Settings" "Print Server Reports" "Print Server Setup Page"
"E-Mail Server Setup Page"
"Print Server Settings" "Basic Information"
"Port Settings"
"TCP/IP"
"SMB"
"E-Mail Server"
"Bonjour (mDNS)"
"SNMP"
"SNTP"
"AirPrint"
"Google Cloud Print"
"Proxy Server"
"Wi-Fi"
*2
"Wi-Fi Direct"
*2
"Reset Print Server"
"Security" "Set Password"
"SSL/TLS"
"IPsec"
"802.1x"
*3
"IP Filter (IPv4)"
"Copy Printer Settings" "Copy Printer Settings" "Copy Printer Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings Report"
"Print Volume" "Print Volume" "Print Volume"
"Dell AccessControl"
"Tray Settings" "Tray Settings"
*1
This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
*2
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
*3
This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable.
Toner Cartridge OK Indicates that there is enough amount of toner for use.
Replace Soon Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced soon.
Replace Now Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced now.
106
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Events
Purpose:
To check the details of all alerts or indications of faults displayed in the Printer Events page when any faults such as
Out of Paper
or
Cover is Open
occur.
Values:
Printer Information
Purpose:
To verify the printer details such as the hardware configuration and software version. This page can also be displayed
by clicking Printer Information in the left frame.
Values:
Printer Jobs
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed Jobs pages. These pages show the
details of the status regarding each print job.
Consumables Status OK Indicates that the status of the drum cartridge is OK for use.
Replace Soon Indicates that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced soon.
Replace Now Indicates that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced now.
Paper Trays Status OK Indicates that there is some paper in the tray but the quantity is
unknown.
Add Paper Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.
Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray.
Size Displays the size of paper in the tray.
Output Tray Status OK Indicates that the tray is available.
Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray.
Cover Status Closed Indicates that the cover is closed.
Open Indicates that the cover is open.
Printer Type Displays the type of the printer. Monochrome Laser is displayed
normally.
Printing Speed Displays the printing speed.
Location Displays the location where a fault occurred.
Details Displays the details of the fault.
Dell Service Tag Number Displays Dell service tag number.
Express Service Code Displays Dell express service code.
Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag number of the printer.
Printer Serial Number Displays the serial number of the printer.
Memory Capacity Displays the memory capacity.
Processor Speed Displays the processing speed.
Printer Revision Levels Firmware Version Displays the revision date (revision level).
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
107
Job List
Purpose:
To confirm the jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to update the screen.
Values:
Completed Jobs
Purpose:
To check the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the Refresh button to update the screen.
Values:
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer Settings, and Printer Maintenance
tabs and to configure the printer settings.
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports pages.
Menu Settings
Use the Menu Settings page to display the current settings of the printer menus.
ID Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the job being processed.
Owner
Displays the name of the job owner.
Host Name
Displays the name of the host computer.
Job Status
Displays the status of the job being processed.
Host I/F
Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time
Displays the date when the job was submitted.
ID
Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the completed job.
Owner
Displays the name of the job owner.
Host Name
Displays the name of the host computer.
Output Result
Displays the status of the completed job.
Impression Number
Displays the total number of pages for the job.
No. of Sheets
Displays the total number of sheets for the job.
Host I/F
Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time
Displays the date when the job was submitted.
108
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Reports
Purpose:
To print various types of reports and lists.
Values:
Printer Settings
The Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, Network Settings, USB Settings, PCL Settings, PS Settings,
PDF Settings, and Secure Settings pages.
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the basic printer settings.
Values:
Printer Settings Click Start to print the Printer Settings report.
Panel Settings Click Start to print the Panel Settings report.
PCL Fonts List Click Start to print the PCL (Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language) Fonts List.
PCL Macros List Click Start to print the PCL Macro List.
PS Fonts List Click Start to print the PS Fonts List.
PDF Fonts List Click Start to print the PDF Fonts List.
Job History Click Start to print the Job History report.
Error History Click Start to print the Error History report.
Print Meter Click Start to print the Print Meter report.
Demo Page Click Start to print Demo Page.
Stored Documents
*1
Click Start to print the Stored Documents list.
*1
This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
Power Saver Time - Sleep Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep mode after it has
entered Sleep mode.
Power Saver Time - Power Off Timer
*1
Sets the time taken by the printer to be turned off after it has entered Deep
Sleep mode.
mm / inch Sets the measurement unit to be used on the LCD panel as either mm or
inches.
Control Panel Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is
correct, or disables the tone.
Invalid Key Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is
incorrect, or disables the tone.
Machine Ready Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer becomes ready,
or disables the tone.
Job Completed Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a print job is complete, or
disables the tone.
Fault Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job ends abnormally, or
disables the tone.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
109
Network Settings
Purpose:
To Specify the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol for this printer.
Values:
Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a problem occurs, or
disables the tone.
Out of Paper Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer runs out of
paper, or disables the tone.
Low Toner Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the toner is low, or
disables the tone.
Auto Clear Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds before the printer
performs auto clear, or disables the tone.
All Tones Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all the tones.
Low Toner Alert Message Alerts you if the toner is low.
Auto Log Print Sets if a job history needs to be printed after every 20 jobs.
RAM Disk Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for the Secure Print, Proof
Print, Private Mail Box Print, and Public Mail Box Print features.
Panel Language Used to set the language on the LCD panel.
Auto Reset Sets the amount of time before the printer automatically resets its settings
to the defaults when no additional settings are made.
Fault Time-out Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally.
Default Paper Size Sets the default print paper size.
Print ID Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.
Print Text Sets whether the printer outputs PDL data (which is not supported by the
printer) as text when the printer receives it.
Banner Sheet Insert Position Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.
Banner Sheet Specify Tray Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.
Substitute Tray Sets whether to use another size paper when the paper that is loaded in the
specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.
Letterhead 2 Sided Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.
A4<>Letter Switch Sets whether to print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 is not available
in the paper trays and vice versa (Letter size job on A4 size paper).
A5<>Statement Switch Sets whether to print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 is not
available in the paper trays and vice versa (Statement size job on A5 size
paper).
Report 2 Sided Print Sets whether to print reports on both sides a sheet of paper.
Use Another Tray Sets whether to show a message to select another tray when the specified
paper is not available in the paper tray.
Envelope Mode Mismatch Sets whether to display the alert window when the print job is started
without setting to the envelope mode.
*1
Power Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.
PS Data Format Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.
110
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
USB Settings
Purpose:
To change USB settings on your printer.
Values:
PCL Settings
Purpose:
To change the PCL settings.
Values:
USB Port Enables the USB interface on your printer.
PS Data Format Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.
Job Time-out Displays the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.
Paper Tray Sets the paper input tray.
Paper Size Sets the paper size.
Custom Paper Size - Y Sets the length of custom size paper. The available range is from 127 mm (5.0 inch) to 355 mm (14.0
inch).
Custom Paper Size - X Sets the width of custom size paper. The available range is from 77 mm (3.0 inch) to 215 mm (8.5
inch).
Orientation Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
2 Sided Print Sets duplexing as the default for all print jobs.
Font Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.
Symbol Set Sets a symbol set for the specified font.
Font Size Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Font Pitch Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Form Line Sets the number of lines in a page.
Quantity Sets the number of copies to print.
Image Enhance Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data
sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not
executed.
Draft Mode Sets whether to print in the draft mode.
Line Termination Sets how to handle line terminations.
Ignore Form Feed Sets whether to ignore blank pages that only contain Form Feed control codes.
A4 Wide Sets whether to expand the printable area width.
Barcode Mode Sets whether to enable the barcode mode, which is suitable for barcode printing.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
111
PS Settings
Purpose:
To change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible emulation printer language.
Values:
PDF Settings
Purpose:
To change the PDF settings.
Values:
Secure Settings
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Settings with a password, and to set or change the password.
Values:
NOTE:
You can set the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print Server Settings.
Software Download
Purpose:
To set whether to enable download of firmware updates.
PS Error Report Sets whether the contents of the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description
language are printed.
PS Job Time-out Sets the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible job.
Paper Select Mode Sets the way to select the tray for the PostScript 3 Compatible mode.
Quantity Sets the number of copies.
2 Sided Print Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Print Mode Sets a print mode.
PDF Password Sets a password.
Re-enter PDF Password Confirms the set password.
Collation Sets whether to sort the output.
Output Size Sets the output paper size.
Layout Sets the output layout.
Detect Job Separator Sets whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively.
Panel Lock Control
*1
Enables/Disables password protection for the Admin Settings.
New Password Sets a password that is required to access the Admin Settings.
Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.
*1
Some setting items in the Secure Settings are displayed only when this setting item is enabled.
112
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Login Error
Purpose:
To specify how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel Lock.
Values:
Set Available Time - Print
Purpose:
To specify the time to enable the secure setting for the Print function.
Values:
Secure Job Expiration
NOTE:
Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Values:
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust Transfer Unit, Adjust Fusing Unit, Adjust
Dernsity, Chart, Clean Developer, Reset Defaults, Initialize PrintMeter, Storage, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude,
StaticMemory Ctr, Ghost Control, Clock Settings, and Web Link Customization pages.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density.
Values:
Login Error Displays how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel Lock.
Set Available Time Allows you to set the available time period for the Print function.
Start Time Sets the start time of the available time period for the Print function.
End Time Sets the end time of the available time period for the Print function.
Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Expiration Mode Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Expiration Time Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Recurrence Sets the period to repeat the setting.
Weekly Settings Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Monthly Settings Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.
Plain Sets the density of plain paper to Light or Normal.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
113
Adjust Transfer Unit
Purpose:
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the Transfer Unit. To lower the voltage, set negative values.
To increase, set positive values.
The default settings may not give the best output quality on all paper types. If you see mottles on the printed paper,
try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the printed paper, try to decrease the voltage.
CAUTION:
The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Values:
Adjust Fusing Unit
Purpose:
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To lower the temperature, set negative
values. To increase, set positive values.
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to lower
the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.
NOTE:
The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Values:
Plain Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper within the range of -5 to 10.
Plain Thick Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain paper within the range of -5 to
10.
Covers (106-163 g/m
2
)Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper within the range of -5 to 10.
Covers Thick
(164-216 g/m
2
)
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick cover paper within the range of -5 to
10.
Rough Surface Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for Rough Surface paper within the range of -5
to 10.
Label Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels within the range of -5 to 10.
Envelope Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes within the range of -5 to 10.
Japanese Postcard Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for Japanese postcard within the range of -5 to
10.
Plain Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.
Plain Thick Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.
Covers (106-163 g/m
2
)Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.
Covers Thick
(164-216 g/m
2
)
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.
Rough Surface Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for Rough Surface paper within the range of -3 to 3.
Label Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for labels within the range of -3 to 3.
Envelope Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for envelopes within the range of -3 to 3.
Japanese Postcard Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for Japanese postcard within the range of -3 to 3.
114
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Adjust Density
Purpose:
To adjust the density level.
Values:
Chart
Purpose:
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer.
Values:
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To stir the developer in the drum cartridge.
Values:
Clean Transfer Unit
Purpose:
To clean the transfer unit.
Values:
Darker3 Adjusts the density level darker than the original.
Darker2
Darker1
Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Lighter1 Adjusts the density level lighter than the original.
Lighter2
Lighter3
Pitch Chart Print Prints a full halftone page. Also prints a page to check the pitch. A total of
two pages are printed.
Full Page Solid Print Prints a chart of the full page solid.
1-Sided Prints a chart on one side of the paper.
2-Sided Prints a chart of the full page solid on both sides of the
paper.
Alignment Chart Print Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print image on the
paper.
Clean Developer Start Stirs the developer in the drum cartridge.
Toner Refresh Start Expels the toner in the drum cartridge, and supplies the fresh toner from the
toner cartridge.
Clean Transfer Unit Start Cleans the transfer unit.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
115
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu
parameters are reset to their default values.
Values:
Initialize PrintMeter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset to 0.
Storage
NOTE:
Storage feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored in the RAM disk.
Values:
Non-Dell Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
WARNING:
Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover damages caused
by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.
StaticMemory Ctr
Purpose:
To widen the print gap not to leave toner streak on the next page.
Reset Defaults and
restart printer.
Click Start to reset the default setting and restart the printer.
Power On Wizard Click Start to perform initial setup for the printer.
Clear Storage
*1
All Clear Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box
Print, and Public Mail Box Print in the RAM disk.
Secure Document Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box
Print, and Public Mail Box Print in the RAM disk.
Stored Document Click Start to clear all files stored in the RAM disk.
*1
This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
116
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Ghost Control
Purpose:
To reduce negative ghost.
Clock Settings
Purpose:
To specify the clock settings.
Values:
Web Link Customization
Purpose:
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from Order Supplies at: in the left frame.
Values:
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions for
communication.
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.
Print Server Reports
The Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the E-Mail Server Setup Page.
Print Server Setup Page
Displays the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) and printing ports.
Date Format Sets the date format; YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, or DD/MM/YYYY.
Time Format Sets the time format; 24 Hour Clock or 12 Hour Clock.
Time Zone Sets the time zone.
Set Date Sets the current date.
Set Time Sets the current time.
Select Reorder URL Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:
Regular Displays the regular URL (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to Order Supplies
at:.
Premier Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to Order Supplies at:.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
117
E-Mail Server Setup Page
Displays the current settings of the e-mail server.
Print Server Settings
The Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings, TCP/IP, SMB, E-Mail Server, Bonjour
(mDNS), SNMP, SNTP, AirPrint, Google Cloud Print, Proxy Server, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Direct, and Reset Print Server
pages.
Basic Information
Purpose:
To configure basic information of the printer.
Values:
NOTE:
The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame, Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed
Jobs page.
Port Settings
Purpose:
To enable or disable printing ports and management protocol features.
Values:
System Settings Printer Name Sets the name of the printer.
Location Sets the location of the printer.
Contact Person Sets the contact name, number, and other information of the printer
administrator and service center.
Administrator E-Mail
Address
Sets the contact address of the printer administrator and service center.
Asset Tag Number Enters the asset tag number for the printer.
Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool
Settings
Auto Refresh Automatically refreshes the contents of the status display pages.
Auto Refresh Interval Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of the status display pages
automatically from 15 to 600 seconds.
Ethernet
*1
Ethernet Settings Auto Detects the Ethernet transmission rate and the
duplex settings automatically.
10Base-T Half-Duplex Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex as the default
value.
10Base-T Full-Duplex Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex as the default
value.
100Base-TX Half-Duplex Selects 100Base-TX Half-Duplex as the default
value.
100Base-TX Full-Duplex Selects 100Base-TX Full-Duplex as the default
value.
1000Base-T Full-Duplex Selects 1000Base-T Full-Duplex as the default
value.
Current Ethernet Settings Displays the current settings of the Ethernet.
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the printer.
118
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE:
The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer is rebooted. When you change or configure the
settings, click the Apply New Settings button to apply the new settings.
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.
Values:
Energy Efficient Ethernet Sets whether to enable the Energy Efficient
Ethernet feature.
Port Status LPD Sets whether to enable LPD.
Port9100 Sets whether to enable Port9100.
IPP Sets whether to enable IPP.
WSD Print Sets whether to enable Web Services on Devices (WSD) Print.
FTP Sets whether to enable FTP.
SMB Sets whether to enable SMB.
Bonjour (mDNS) Sets whether to enable Bonjour (mDNS).
E-Mail Alert Sets whether to enable E-Mail Alert.
Telnet Sets whether to enable Telnet.
SNMP Sets whether to enable SNMP.
SNTP Sets whether to enable SNTP.
Google Cloud Print Sets whether to enable Google Cloud Print.
*1
This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable.
TCP/IP
Settings
IP Mode Sets the IP mode.
Host Name Sets the host name.
IPv4 IP Address Mode Sets the method for acquiring the IP address.
Manual IP Address When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to
the printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.
Manual Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.
255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.
Manual Gateway
Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address
is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet
that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to
255.
127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be
specified for the first octet of a gateway address.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
119
IPv6 Enable Stateless
Address
Select the check box to enable the stateless address.
Use Manual Address Select the check box to set the IP address manually.
Get IP Address from
DHCP
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the IP
address via DHCP.
Manual Address Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6 address, enter the
address followed by a slash (/) and then "64". For details,
consult your system administrator.
Manual Gateway
Address
Sets the gateway address.
DNS DNS Domain Name Sets the DNS domain name.
IPv4 Get DNS Server
Address from DHCP
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the
DNS server address via DHCP.
Manual DNS Server
Address
Manually sets the DNS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
format when Get DNS Server Address from DHCP is not
selected.
IPv6 Get DNS Server
Address from DHCPv6-
lite
Select the check box to get the DNS server address
automatically from the DHCPv6-lite server.
Manual DNS Server
Address
Sets the DNS server address.
DNS Dynamic
Update (IPv4)
Select the check box to enable dynamic updates to DNS.
DNS Dynamic
Update (IPv6)
Select the check box to enable dynamic updates to DNS.
Auto Generate
Search List
Select the check box to automatically generate the search list.
Search Domain
Name
Sets the search domain name. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, and hyphens
can be used. If you need to specify more than one domain name, separate them using a
comma or semicolon.
Time-out Sets the time-out period between 1 and 60 seconds.
Priority to IPv6 DNS
Name Resolution
Select the check box to enable the DNS Name Resolution feature.
WINS WINS Mode Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the primary and secondary
WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS Primary Server Manually sets the primary WINS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS
Mode is not selected.
WINS Secondary
Server
Manually sets the secondary (backup) WINS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format
when WINS Mode is not selected.
LPD Connection Time-
Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 3,600 seconds.
IP Filter (IPv4) Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP Filter settings on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.
Port9100 Port Number Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999.
Connection Time-
Out
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 1,000 seconds.
IP Filter (IPv4) Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.
120
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
SMB
Purpose:
To specify the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
Values:
IPP Printer URI Displays the printer URI.
Connection Time-
Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Port Number Displays the port number for receiving requests from the client.
Maximum Sessions Displays the maximum number of connections received simultaneously by the client.
WSD Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to 9999.
Receive
Time-Out
Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.
Notification Time-
Out
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.
Maximum Number
of TTL
Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.
Maximum Number
of Notification
Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.
FTP Password Sets the password for FTP.
Re-enter Password Enter the password again to confirm it.
Connection Time-
Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
HTTP Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to 9999.
Simultaneous
Connections
Displays the maximum number of simultaneous connections.
CSRF Protection Displays the CSRF Protection setting.
Connection Time-
Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.
Telnet Password Sets the password for Telnet.
Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.
Connection Time-
Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Host Name Sets the host name of the server computer.
Workgroup Sets the workgroup.
Maximum Sessions Sets the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode Support Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup name in Unicode characters during
SMB transmission.
Auto Master Mode Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt Password Sets whether to encrypt the password.
Job Time-Out Sets the job time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.
Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
121
E-Mail Server
Purpose:
To configure detailed settings of E-Mail Server and E-Mail Alert. This page can also be displayed by clicking the
E-Mail Server Settings Overview in the left frame.
Values:
E-Mail Server Settings Primary SMTP Gateway Sets the primary SMTP gateway.
SMTP Port Number Sets the SMTP port number. This must be between 1 and 65535.
E-Mail Send
Authentication
Sets the authentication method for outgoing e-mail.
SMTP Login User Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters, periods,
hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more
than one address, separate them using commas.
SMTP Login Password Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter SMTP Login
Password
Confirms the set SMTP account password.
POP3 Server Address
*1
Sets the POP3 server address in IP address format of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or
as a DNS host name using up to 63 characters.
POP3 Port Number
*1
Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be between 1 and 65535.
POP User Name
*1
Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters,
periods, hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If
specifying more than one address, separate them using commas.
POP User Password
*1
Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter POP User
Password
*1
Confirms the set password.
Reply Address Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each E-mail Alert.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
E-Mail Alert Settings E-Mail List 1 Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-
Mail Alert feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for List 1 Supplies Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail
Alert for consumables.
Paper Handling Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail
Alert for paper handling.
Service Call Select the check box to receive an E-Mail
Alert for Service Calls.
E-Mail List 2 Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-
Mail Alert feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for List 2 Supplies Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail
Alert for consumables.
Paper Handling Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail
Alert for paper handling.
Service Call Select the check box to receive an E-Mail
Alert for Service Calls.
*1
This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP (APOP) for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.
122
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Bonjour (mDNS)
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of Bonjour.
Values:
SNMP
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.
Values:
SNMP v1/v2c
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v1/v2c protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v1/v2c Properties in the SNMP page.
Values:
Host Name Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash).
Printer Name Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol sets.
Wide-Area Bonjour Select the check box to enable the Wide-Area Bonjour protocol.
SNMP Configuration Enable SNMP v1/v2c
Protocol
Select the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c protocol.
Edit SNMP v1/v2c
Properties
Click to display the SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the setting of SNMP
v1/v2c protocol from the page.
Enable SNMP v3
Protocol
Select the check box to enable the SNMP v3 protocol.
Edit SNMP v3
Properties
Click to display the SNMP v3 page and to edit the setting of SNMP v3
protocol from the page.
You can click this item only when SSL communication is enabled.
Community Name Community Name
(Read only)
*1
Sets the community name to access (read only) data using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
The default Read Community is public.
Re-enter Community
Name (Read only)
*1
Enters the community name to access (read only) data again to confirm it.
Community Name
(Read/Write)
*1
Sets the community name to access (read and write) data using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
The default Read/Write Community is private.
Re-enter Community
Name (Read/Write)
*1
Enters the community name to access (read and write) data again to
confirm it.
Community Name
(Trap)
*1
Sets the community name used for trap up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The default Trap Community is " " (NULL).
Re-enter Community
Name (Trap)
*1
Enters the community name used for trap again to confirm it.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
123
SNMP v3
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.
Values:
Trap Notification 1-4 Trap Address Type
Trap Address
Port Number
Notify
Network
*2
Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In this case, specify the IP
address and IP socket in the following format:
IPv4
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm
format. Each section of "nnn" is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note
that values 127 and 224-254 are not valid for the first three-digits only. IP
socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.
IPv6
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmmmm format. Each section
of "xxxx" is a hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP socket
mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.
Authenticate Error Trap Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error Trap.
*1
The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
*2
This item is available only when Wi-Fi Direct is set to Enable.
Administrator Account Account Enabled Select the check box to enable the administrator account.
User Name Enters the user name of the administrator account.
Authentication
Password
Sets the authentication password of the administrator account using 8 to 32
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter Authentication
Password
Confirms the set password.
Privacy Password Sets the privacy password of the administrator account using 8 to 32
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter Privacy
Password
Confirms the set password.
Print Drivers / Remote
Client Account
Account Enabled Select the check box to enable the print drivers and remote client account.
Reset to default
Password
Click to reset the password for the print drivers and remote client account
to default.
124
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
SNTP
Purpose:
To configure the SNTP server settings in order to perform time synchronization through SNTP.
Values:
AirPrint
Purpose:
To configure the detailed setting of AirPrint.
Values:
Google Cloud Print
Purpose:
To register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Values:
SNTP IP Address / Host Name Sets the IP address or the host name of the SNTP server.
Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 120 seconds.
Time Synchronization
Interval
Sets the interval for performing time synchronization using SNTP.
Last Connection Time Displays the last date and time when your printer was connected to the
SNTP server.
Connection Status Displays the status of the connections between the SNTP server and your
printer.
AirPrint Enable AirPrint Click to enable the printer for AirPrint.
Bonjour Name Enters the name that is to be displayed as an AirPrint
printer.
Location Sets the location of the printer.
Geo-Location Sets the physical location of the printer.
IPP Authentication Basic Authentication Select the check box to enable the basic authentication
scheme.
User Name Enter the user name.
Password Enter the user password.
Re-enter Password Re-enter the user password for confirmation.
SSL/TLS SSL/TLS Click Settings to display the SSL/TLS page.
Supply Levels Toner Cartridge Displays the toner level.
Google Cloud Print
*1
(Registration state) Displays the Google Cloud Print registration state.
Register This Device to
Google Cloud Print
Click to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Cancel Registration Click to cancel to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
*1
Google Cloud Print can only be used when the machine is using IPv4.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
125
Proxy Server
Purpose:
To configure the Proxy Server settings.
Values:
Wi-Fi
NOTE:
Wi-Fi feature is available only when the wireless adapter is connected.
Purpose:
To configure the detailed setting for the wireless network.
To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.
NOTE:
Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.
Values:
Proxy Server Use Proxy Server Sets whether to enable the use of a proxy server.
Address to Bypass Proxy
Server
Sets the address to bypass proxy server.
Server Name Sets the name of the proxy server.
Port Number Sets the port number from 1 to 65535.
Authentication Sets whether to enable authentication.
Login Name Sets the login name for the proxy server.
Password Sets the login password for the proxy server.
Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.
Wi-Fi Settings SSID Sets the name that identifies the wireless network. Up to 32 alphanumeric
characters can be entered.
Network Type Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure.
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the wireless adapter for the printer.
Link Channel Displays the channel number of the wireless connection for the printer.
Link Quality Displays the quality of the wireless network connection for the printer.
Security Settings Encryption Select the encryption type from the list.
No Security Sets No Security to configure the wireless
settings without specifying an encryption
type from WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-
Enterprise.
WEP Sets the WEP to use through the wireless
network.
WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK
AES
*1, 2
Sets the WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES to
use through the wireless network.
WPA-Enterprise
AES/WPA2-Enterprise
AES
*2, 3
Sets the WPA-Enterprise AES/WPA2-
Enterprise AES to use through the wireless
network.
126
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Wi-Fi Direct
NOTE:
Wi-Fi Direct feature is available only when the wireless adapter is connected.
Purpose:
To configure the detailed setting of the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
Values:
Mixed Mode PSK
*1, 2
Sets the Mixed Mode PSK to use through the
wireless network. Mixed Mode PSK
automatically selects the encryption type
from either WPA-PSK TKIP, WPA-PSK AES,
or WPA2-PSK AES.
Mixed Mode
Enterprise
*2, 3
Sets the Mixed Mode Enterprise to use
through the wireless network. Mixed Mode
Enterprise automatically selects the
encryption type from either WPA-Enterprise
TKIP, WPA-Enterprise AES, or WPA2-
Enterprise AES.
WEP Encryption Select the WEP key code from either Hex or Ascii.
WEP Key 1 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Key 1 Enters the WEP key 1 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 2 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Key 2 Enters the WEP key 2 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 3 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Key 3 Enters the WEP key 3 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 4 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP Key 4 Enters the WEP key 4 again to confirm it.
Transmit Key
*5
/Key Sets the transmit key type from the list.
WPA-PSK Passphrase/Key Sets the passphrase.
Re-enter Passphrase/Key Enters the passphrase again to confirm it.
WPA-Enterprise
*4
EAP-Identity Sets the EAP-Identity for the authentication.
Authentication Method Shows the authentication method.
Login Name Sets the login name for the authentication.
Password Sets the password.
Re-enter Password Enters the password again to confirm it.
*1
For encryption, AES or TKIP method is used.
*2
This item is available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type.
*3
For authentication and encryption by digital certificate, AES or TKIP method is used.
*4
To activate the setting, import a certificate which supports wireless LAN (server/client) on the SSL/TLS pages, and enable the relevant
certificate in advance.
*5
When Auto is selected for Transmit Key, the key set specified for WEP Key 1 is used.
Wi-Fi Direct Wi-Fi Direct Displays whether to enable the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
127
Reset Print Server
Purpose:
To initialize NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and reboot the printer. You can also initialize
NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults in the Printer Settings menu.
Values:
Security
The Security tab includes Set Password, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x, and IP Filter (IPv4).
Set Password
Purpose:
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of the printer from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the left frame.
NOTE:
To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile memory (NVM).
NOTE:
You can set the password for access to
Admin Settings
from Panel Lock in Printer Settings.
Values:
Group Role Displays the group role of the printer.
Device Name Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network with up
to 32 alphanumeric characters. Confirm it when selecting the printer name
on your Wi-Fi mobile device.
WPS Setup Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.
SSID (Character string
following "DIRECT-
**"
)
Specifies a name to identify the Wi-Fi Direct network. Up to 32
alphanumeric characters can be entered. "DIRECT-" cannot be changed.
Passphrase Displays the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into your
Wi-Fi mobile device.
IP Address Displays the IP address of the Wi-Fi Direct.
Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask.
Paired Device Displays the number of the device currently connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network.
Current Role Displays the current group role of the printer.
Current SSID Displays the current SSID. Confirm it when selecting the Wi-Fi Direct
network name on your Wi-Fi mobile device.
Initialize NIC NVRAM Memory
and restart printer.
Click Start to initialize NVRAM, revert network settings to the factory default settings, and
reboot the network capability.
Restart Printer Click Start to reboot the printer.
Administrator Password Sets the password using up to 128 alphanumeric characters (excluding spaces and
colons).
Re-enter Administrator Password Confirms the set password.
Access denial by the authentication
failure of the Administrator
Sets how many times the failure in administrator authentication is allowed in total.
Sets the number from 5 to 255. If you set 0, this mode is disabled.
128
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
SSL/TLS
Purpose:
To specify the settings for the SSL encryption communication to the printer, and set/delete the certificate used for
IPsec, or Wireless LAN.
Values:
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication
*1
Select the check box to enable the HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication.
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication Port
Number
Sets the port number, which is not identical with that of HTTP for SSL/TLS. This must be 443 or
between 8000 and 9999.
SMTP-SSL/TLS
Communication
Sets the type of SSL/TLS used to communicate with the SMTP server.
Machine Digital
Certificate
Generate Self-Signed
Certificate
*2
Click to display the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page and to create a
security certification from the page. The Generate Self-Signed Certificate
button is available only when the self-signed certificate is not generated.
Certificate Signing
Request (CSR)
*2
Click to display the Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page and to create
a certificate signing request from the page.
Upload Signed
Certificate
*2
Click to display the Upload Signed Certificate page and to upload the
certificate file to the device from the page.
Certificate
Management
*2
Click to display the Certificate Management page and to manage a security
certification from the page.
Delete All Certificates Click to delete all the certificates.
Generate Self-Signed
Certificate
Public Key Method Select the public key method of the self-signed certificate.
Size of Public Key Select the size of public key.
Issuer Enter the issuer of SSL self-signed certificate.
Validity Enter the valid days from 1 to 9999 days.
Generate Signed
Certificate
Click to generate the SSL self-signed certificate.
Certificate Signing
Request (CSR)
Digital Signature
Algorithm
Select the digital signature algorithm.
Public Key Size Select the public key size.
2 Letter Country Code
(Required)
Enter the 2-letter country code.
State / Province Name Enter the state or province name up to 16 bytes.
Locality Name Enter the locality name up to 32 bytes.
Organization Name
(Required)
Enter the organization name up to 32 bytes.
Organization Unit
(Required)
Enter the organization unit up to 32 bytes.
Common Name Display the common name.
E-mail Address Enter the e-mail address.
Upload Signed
Certificate
*2
Password Enter the password to upload the certificate file.
Re-enter Password Enter the password again for confirmation.
File Name Click Browse to browse the file name to upload to the device.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
129
IPsec
Purpose:
To specify the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for encrypted communication to the
printer.
Values:
Import Click Import to upload the certificate file to the device.
Certificate
Management
*2
Category Select the device to certificate.
Certificate Purpose Select the purpose to certificate.
Certificate Order Select the order to certificate.
Delete All Certificates Delete Click to delete all the certificates.
Certificate List
*2
Category Displays the device to certificate selected at the Certificate Management
page.
Certificate Purpose Displays the connection to certificate selected at the Certificate
Management page.
Issued To Displays the list of certificate order.
Vali d ity Displays whether certificate is valid or not.
Certificate Details Click to display the Certificate Details page. The SSL/TLS page is
displayed when no item in the Issued To column is selected.
Certificate Details
*2
Category Displays the device to certificate selected at the Certificate Management
page or SSL/TLS page.
Issued To Displays the device to certificate.
Issuer Displays the issuer to certificate.
Serial Number Displays the serial number of the device.
Public Key Method Displays the public key method.
Size of Public Key Displays the size of public key.
Vali d Fro m Displays the time the certificate is valid.
Vali d U nt i l Displays the time the certificate is invalid.
Status Displays whether certificate is valid or not.
Certificate Purpose Displays the purpose of certificate.
Certificate Selection
Status
Displays the type of device certificate you selected.
E-mail Address Displayed only when an e-mail address is specified in the certificate.
Use this certificate Click to apply this certificate to the device.
Delete Click to delete this certificate.
Export This Certificate Click to export the certificate to the other device.
*1
This item is available only when the self-signed certificate has been generated.
*2
This item is effective only when connected via SSL/TLS (https). Only the administrator is allowed to display the pages.
IPsec Settings Protocol Select the check box to enable the protocol.
IKE "Pre-Shared Key" is displayed for IKE.
Pre-Shared Key Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, and
hyphens can be used.
130
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE:
If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the IPsec menu on the operator panel.
802.1x
Purpose:
To specify the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted communication to the printer.
Values:
IP Filter (IPv4)
Purpose:
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer.
Values:
To configure the IP Filter feature, enter an IP address to be filtered in the Address field and the subnet mask in the
Address Mask field. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field. "*" is appended to the current value.
Re-enter Pre-Shared Key Enters the shared key again to confirm it.
IKE SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800 minutes.
IPsec SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880 minutes.
DH Group Sets the DH group.
PFS Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.
Remote peers IPv4 address Sets the IP address to connect to.
Remote peers IPv6 address Sets the IP address to connect to.
Non IPsec communication
policy
Allows communication with a device which does not support IPsec.
Configure 802.1x Enable IEEE 802.1x Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication.
Authentication Method EAP-MD5 Selects the authentication method to use for IEEE
802.1x authentication.
EAP-MS-
CHAPv2
PEAP/MS-
CHAPv2
Login Name: (Device
Name)
Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE 802.1x authentication using
up to 128 alphanumeric characters.
Password Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x authentication using up to 128
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter Password Confirms the set login password.
Access List Address Sets the IP addresses that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a
numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.
Address Mask Sets the subnet mask that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a
numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.
Active Mode Reject Rejects printing from specified network address.
Accept Permits printing from specified network address.
Off Disables the IP Filter feature for the specified IP address.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
131
IP Filter Setup Procedure
You can set up to a maximum of five items and the first item set takes priority. When setting multiple filters, enter
the shortest address first followed by a slightly longer address, a longer address and so on.
Enabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to enable printing only from the "192.168.100.10" IP address.
1
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
1
.
2
Enter "
192.168.100.10
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.255.255
" in the
Address Mask
field.
3
Select
Accept
.
4
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Disabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to disable printing only from the "192.168.100.10" IP address.
1
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
1
.
2
Enter "
192.168.100.10
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.255.255
" in the
Address Mask
field.
3
Select
Reject
.
4
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
2
.
5
Enter "
0.0.0.0
" in the
Address
field and "
0.0.0.0
" in the
Address Mask
field.
6
Select
Accept
.
7
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Enabling and Disabling Printing from Network Addresses
You can enable printing from the "192.168" network address and disable printing from the "192.168.200"
network address.
The example below describes how to enable printing from the "192.168.200.10" IP address.
1
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
1
.
2
Enter "
192.168.200.10
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.255.255
" in the
Address Mask
field.
3
Select
Accept
.
4
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
2
.
5
Enter "
192.168.200.0
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.255.0
" in the
Address Mask
field.
6
Select
Reject
.
7
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
3
.
8
Enter "
192.168.0.0
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.0.0
" in the
Address Mask
field.
9
Select
Accept
.
10
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Copy Printer Settings
The Copy Printer Settings menu includes the Copy Printer Settings and Copy Printer Settings Report pages.
Copy Printer Settings
Purpose:
To copy the printer settings to one or more of the same model of the printer.
132
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of the printer to which the settings are
copied in the IP Address
text box and Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is 60 seconds. After that, you can
check whether the settings were copied to this page. And you need to check the Copy the settings to the Host in the
above list and reboot the printer menu of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool in the destination printer to
verify if the settings were actually copied or not.
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings of only the same items are copied.
Printer settings are simultaneously copied to printers of up to 10 IP addresses.
Copy Printer Settings Report
Purpose:
To verify whether the printer setting is copied to other printers successfully.
NOTE:
The history is cleared by turning off the printer.
Print Volume
The Print Volume menu includes the Print Volume and Dell AccessControl pages.
Print Volume
Purpose:
To verify the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by clicking Print Volume in the left frame.
Values:
Dell AccessControl
Purpose:
To specify which users have access to printing and to limit print volume per user.
Values:
Printer Page Count Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was shipped from the factory.
Paper Used
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.
AccessControl Mode Off Enables to print the data with no authentication information.
On Restricts printing based on the print user information registered in the
internal server.
Non Registered User Sets whether to permit the printing of data with no authentication information. To permit the
printing for non-account user, select the check box.
AccessControl Error
Report
Sets whether to automatically print error-related information if printing using AccessControl results in
an error.
User Registration
*1
Click Edit User Registration to display the Edit Print User Registration page.
• To register a user, click
Create
to open the
Print User Settings
page.
• To delete a user, click
Delete
to open the
Delete User
page.
Clicking
Back
returns the screen to the status prior to deleting the user.
• To confirm or change the registered user, click
Confirm / Change
to open the
Print User Settings
page.
User Registration No.
Displays the user registration number. The
Delete User
button is displayed
when the user is already registered.
User Name
Sets the user name.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
133
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to set the size and type of paper loaded in each paper source and specify which paper
source to use in what order.
Values:
Password Sets the user password using 4 to 12 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter password Enter the password again to confirm it.
Upper Limit for
Monochrome Print
Sets the maximum number of pages allowed for monochrome printing.
Cumulative
Monochrome Page
Count
Displays the cumulative number of pages printed for monochrome printing.
*1
This item is displayed only when AccessControl Mode is On.
MPF Mode Sets whether to use the printer driver settings for the size and type of paper loaded in the MPF.
MPF Paper Size
*1
Sets the size of paper loaded in the MPF.
MPF Paper Type
*1
Sets the type of paper loaded in the MPF.
MPF Custom Paper
Size - Y
*1
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.
MPF Custom Paper
Size - X
*1
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.
MPF Display Popup
*1
Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when
the paper is loaded in the MPF.
Tray 1 Paper Size Sets the size of paper loaded in tray1.
Tray 1 Paper Type Sets the type of paper loaded in tray1.
Tray 1 Custom Paper
Size - Y
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in tray1.
Tray 1 Custom Paper
Size - X
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in tray1.
Tray 1 Display Popup Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when
the paper is loaded in tray1.
Tray 2 Paper Size
*2
Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper Type
*2
Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Custom Paper
Size - Y
*2
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Custom Paper
Size - X
*2
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display Popup
*2
Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when
the paper is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
1st Priority Sets the paper source to be used as the first priority.
2nd Priority Sets the paper source to be used as the second priority.
3rd Priority
*2
Sets the paper source to be used as the third priority.
*1
This item is available only when Panel Specified in MPF Mode is selected.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.
134
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool
Understanding the Printer Menus
135
14
Understanding the Printer Menus
When your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users, the access to the Admin
Settings can be limited. This prevents other users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change a user
default that has been set by the administrator.
However, you can use your printer driver to override user defaults and select settings for individual print jobs.
Report / List
Use the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.
Printer Settings
Purpose:
To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount of installed print memory, and the
status of printer supplies.
Panel Settings
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of all the settings of the printer menus.
PCL Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.
PCL Macros List
Purpose:
To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.
PS Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PS fonts.
PDF Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PDF fonts.
Job History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of the print jobs that have been processed. This list contains the last 20 jobs.
Error History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
136
Understanding the Printer Menus
Print Meter
Purpose:
To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.
Demo Page
Purpose:
To print a Demo page.
Stored Documents
NOTE:
Stored Documents feature is available only when
RAM Disk
under
System Settings
is enabled.
Purpose:
To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the
RAM disk.
Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until the desired report or list is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The selected report or list is printed.
Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Tool Box
.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Setting Reports
tab is open.
3
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
4
Click the button for the desired report or list.
The report or list is printed.
Admin Settings
Use the Admin Settings menu to configure a variety of printer features.
PCL
Use the PCL menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL emulation printer language.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Understanding the Printer Menus
137
Paper Tray
Purpose:
To specify the default paper tray.
Values:
Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
mm series
inch series
Auto
*
MPF
Tray1
Tray2
*1
*1
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet
feeder is installed.
A4
*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Statement
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Postcard JPN
Custom Size
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Letter
*1
Folio
Legal
Statement
A4
A5
B5
138
Understanding the Printer Menus
NOTE:
Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom length and width.
Orientation
Purpose:
To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Values:
2 Sided
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
Font
Purpose:
To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.
Values:
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Postcard JPN
Custom Size
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Portrait
*
Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.
Landscape Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.
2 Sided Print Off
*
Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
On Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Binding Edge Flip on Long Edge
*
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.
Flip on Short Edge Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
CG Times Arial Bd N C Schbk It
CG Times Bd Arial It N C Schbk BdIt
CG Times It Arial BdIt Times Roman
CG Times BdIt Times New Times Bd
CG Omega Times New Bd Times It
CG Omega Bd Times New It Times BdIt
CG Omega It Times New BdIt ZapfC MdIt
CG Omega BdIt Helvetica Symbol
Coronet Helvetica Bd SymbolPS
Understanding the Printer Menus
139
Symbol Set
Purpose:
To specify a symbol set for a specified font.
Values:
Clarendon Cd Helvetica Ob Wingdings
Univers Md Helvetica BdOb ZapfDingbats
Univers Bd HelveticaNr Courier*
Univers MdIt HelveticaNr Bd Courier Bd
Univers BdIt HelveticaNr Ob Courier It
Univers MdCd HelveticaNrBdOb Courier BdIt
Univers BdCd Palatino Roman LetterGothic
Univers MdCdIt Palatino Bd LetterGothic Bd
Univers BdCdIt Palatino It LetterGothic It
AntiqueOlv Palatino BdIt CourierPS
AntiqueOlv Bd ITC A G Go Bk CourierPS Bd
AntiqueOlv It ITC A G Go Dm CourierPS Ob
GaramondAntiqua ITC A G Go BkOb CourierPS BdOb
Garamond Hlb ITC A G Go DmOb C39 Narrow
Garamond Krsv ITCBookman Lt C39 Regular
GaramondKrsvHlb ITCBookmanDm C39 Wide
Marigold ITCBookman LtIt OCR-A
Albertus Md ITCBookmanDm It OCR-B
Albertus XBd N C Schbk Roman Line Printer
Arial N C Schbk Bd
ROMAN-8
*
DESKTOP ISO-69
ISO L1 PS TEXT WIN 3.0
ISO L2 MC TEXT WINBALT
ISO L5 MS PUB SYMBOL
ISO L6 MATH-8 WINGDINGS
PC-8 PS MATH DNGBTSMS
PC-8 DN PI FONT PC CYR
PC-775 LEGAL PC-866U
PC-850 ISO-4 ISO CYR
PC-852 ISO-6 WIN CYR
PC-1004 ISO-11 GREEK-8
PC-8 TK ISO-15 WIN-GRK
WIN L1 ISO-17 PC-851
WIN L2 ISO-21 PC8-GRK
WIN L5 ISO-60 ISO-GRK
140
Understanding the Printer Menus
Font Size
Purpose:
To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Values:
Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals approximately 1/72 of an inch.
NOTE:
The
Font Size
menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.
Font Pitch
Purpose:
To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Values:
Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of type. For non-scalable mono spaced
fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be changed.
NOTE:
The
Font Pitch
menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced fonts.
Form Line
Purpose:
To set the number of lines in a page.
Values:
mm series
inch series
The printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing) based on the Form Line and
Orientation menu items. Select the correct Orientation before changing Form Line.
See also:
"Orientation"
12.00
*
Sets the values in increments of 0.25.
Available Range: 4.00 – 50.00
10.00
*
Sets the value in increments of 0.01.
Available Range: 6.00–24.00
60
*1
Sets the value in increments of 1.
Available Range: 5–128
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
60
*1
Sets the value in increments of 1.
Available Range: 5–128
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Understanding the Printer Menus
141
Quantity
Purpose:
To set the default print quantity. (Set the number of copies required for a specific job from the printer driver. Values
selected from the printer driver always override values selected from the operator panel.)
Values:
Image Enhance
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the boundary line between black and white
smoother to decrease jagged edges and enhance the visual appearance.
Values:
Hex Dump
Purpose:
To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in
hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.
Values:
Draft Mode
Purpose:
To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when printing in the draft mode.
Values:
1
*
Sets the value in increments of 1.
Available Range: 1–999
Off Disables the Image Enhance feature.
On
*
Enables the Image Enhance feature.
Disable
*
Disables the Hex Dump feature.
Enable Enables the Hex Dump feature.
Disable
*
Does not print in the draft mode.
Enable Prints in the draft mode.
142
Understanding the Printer Menus
LineTermination
Purpose:
To add the line termination commands.
Values:
Ignore FormFeed
Purpose:
To specify whether to ignore blank pages that only contain Form Feed control codes.
Values:
A4 Wide
Purpose:
To expand the printable area width.
Values:
Barcode Mode
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the barcode mode, which is suitable for barcode printing.
Values:
NOTE:
Be sure to set to
Disable
after using the barcode mode.
PDF
Use the PDF menu to change printer settings that only affect the PDF jobs.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Off
*
The line termination command is not added.
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-LF The LF command is added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-CR The CR command is added.
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
CR-XX The CR and LF commands are added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
Off
*
Disables the Ignore Form Feed feature.
On Enables the Ignore Form Feed feature.
Off
*
Disables A4 Wide.
On Enables A4 Wide.
Disable
*
Disables the barcode mode.
Enable Enables the barcode mode.
Understanding the Printer Menus
143
Quantity
Purpose:
To specify the number of copies to print.
Values:
2 Sided Print
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Value:
Print Mode
Purpose:
To specify the print mode.
Value:
PDF Password
Purpose:
To specify the password to print the secure PDF.
Value:
Collation
Purpose:
To specify whether to sort the job.
Value:
Output Size
Purpose:
To specify the output paper size for PDF.
1
*
Sets the value in increments of 1.
Available Range: 1–999
1 Sided
*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Flip on Long Edge Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.
Flip on Short Edge Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
Normal
*
For documents with normal sized characters.
High Quality For documents with small characters or thin lines, or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
High Speed Prints with the higher speed than the Normal mode, but the quality is less.
Enter PDF Password Enter the password to print the secure PDF.
Collated Sorts the job.
Uncollated
*
Does not sort the job.
144
Understanding the Printer Menus
Value:
Layout
Purpose:
To specify the output layout.
Value:
Detect Job Separator
Purpose:
To specify whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively.
Value:
PS
Use the PS menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible emulation
printer language.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
PS Error Report
Purpose:
To specify whether the contents of the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description language are
printed. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
NOTE:
Instructions from the PS driver override the settings specified on the operator panel.
A4
*1
Letter
*1
Auto
*1
The default paper size is displayed.
Auto %
*
100% (No Zoom)
Booklet
2 Pages Up
4 Pages Up
Off Disables the Detect Job Separator feature.
On
*
Enables the Detect Job Separator feature.
Off Discards the print job without printing an error message.
On
*
Prints an error message before it discards the job.
Understanding the Printer Menus
145
PS Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible job. The change becomes effective after the printer is
turned off and then on again.
Values:
Paper Select Mode
Purpose:
To specify the way to select the tray for PostScript 3 Compatible mode. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Network
Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through the wired or
wireless network.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Wi-Fi
NOTE:
When the optional wireless adapter is attached and the Ethernet cable is disconnected,
Wi-Fi
is displayed.
Purpose:
To confirm or specify wireless network settings.
Values:
Status
Purpose:
To confirm the wireless communication status.
Values:
Off
*
Job time-out does not occur.
On 1 minute
*
An error concerning the PostScript 3 Compatible page description language
occurs if processing is not completed after the specified time.
Available Range:
1-900 minutes.
Auto* The tray is selected as the same setting as in the PCL mode.
Select From Tray The tray is selected in a method compatible with regular PostScript 3 Compatible printers.
Connection (Good)
(Acceptable)
(Low)
(No Reception)
SSID Displays the name that identifies the wireless network.
Enc. Displays the encryption type.
146
Understanding the Printer Menus
Wi-Fi Setup
Purpose:
To configure the wireless network interface.
Values:
Select access Select the access point from the list.
WEP Key Entry When you select an access point using WEP as the security
method, enter the WEP key. For 64bit keys, up to 10
hexadecimal characters can be entered. For 128bit keys, up
to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered.
Passphrase Entry When you select an access point using WPA, WPA2, or
Mixed as the encryption type, enter the passphrase of 8 to
63 alphanumeric characters.
Manual Setup Enter Network (SSID) Specifies a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32
alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Infrastructure Select when you configure the wireless settings through the
access point such as a wireless router.
No Security Specifies No Security to configure the wireless settings
without specifying an encryption type from WEP, WPA-
PSK-TKIP, and WPA-PSK-AES.
Mixed mode PSK
*
Select to configure the wireless setting with the encryption
type of Mixed mode PSK. Mixed mode PSK automatically
selects the encryption type from either WPA-PSK-TKIP,
WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-PSK-AES.
Passphrase
Entry
Specifies the passphrase of
alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.
WPA2-PSK-AES Select to configure the wireless settings with the encryption
type of WPA2-PSK-AES.
PassPhrase
Entry
Specifies the passphrase of
alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.
(hex: 0-9, a-f, A-F, 16 to 64 characters)
WEP Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network.
For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be
entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal characters
can be entered.
Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from Auto
*
,
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3,
and WEP Key 4.
Ad-hoc Select to configure the wireless settings without the access
point such as a wireless router.
No Security
*
Select to configure the wireless settings without specifying
the encryption type from WEP.
WEP Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network.
For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be
entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal characters
can be entered.
Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from WEP
Key 1
*
, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and
WEP Key 4.
Understanding the Printer Menus
147
WPS Setup
Purpose:
To configure the wireless network using WPS.
Values:
Reset Wi-Fi
Purpose:
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wireless network
settings are reset to their default values.
Wi-Fi Direct
NOTE:
When the optional wireless adapter is attached and the Ethernet cable is disconnected, Wi-Fi Direct is displayed.
Purpose:
To configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Values:
Push Button
Configuration
Cancel
*
Cancels the wireless settings with the encryption type of WPS-PBC.
Start Configures the wireless settings with the encryption type of WPS-PBC.
PIN Code Start Configuration Configures the wireless settings using the PIN code assigned automatically
by the printer.
Print PIN Code Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering PIN assigned to the printer
into your computer.
Wi-Fi Direct Disables
*
Disables the Wi-Fi Direct network.
Enables Enables the Wi-Fi Direct network.
Group Role Auto Automatically resolves the group role for Wi-Fi Direct.
Group Owner
*
Sets the printer as the Group Owner when using Wi-Fi Direct. Setting the
printer to become the group owner makes it possible for devices to discover
this printer. The SSID of the printer will be then displayed in the list of
wireless networks on your Wi-Fi mobile device.
Device Name Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network with
up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Confirm it when selecting the printer
name on your Wi-Fi certified device.
Paired Device Displays the status of the Wi-Fi Direct connections between the printer
and up to 3 Wi-Fi mobile devices.
Disconnect Now Disconnects the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
Reset Passphrase Disconnects the Wi-Fi Direct connection and resets the passphrase.
SSID Displays the name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network. Confirm it
when selecting the Wi-Fi Direct network name on your Wi-Fi mobile
device.
Passphrase Displays the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into
your Wi-Fi mobile device.
Print Passphrase Prints the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into your
Wi-Fi mobile device.
Reset Passphrase Resets the passphrase.
148
Understanding the Printer Menus
Ethernet
Purpose:
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Values:
WPS Setup Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.
Push Button
Configuration
Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network with WPS-PBC.
PIN Code Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using PIN code assigned
automatically by the printer.
PIN Code Displays the current PIN code only when WPS Setup is set to PIN Code.
Print PIN Code Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering PIN assigned to the printer
into your Wi-Fi mobile device.
Reset PIN Code Resets the PIN code.
Auto
*
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.
10BASE- T Half Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.
10BASE- T Full Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.
100BASE- TX Half Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.
100BASE- TX Full Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.
1000BASE- T Full Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.
IP Mode Dual Stack
*
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.
IPv4 Mode Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.
IPv6 Mode Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.
IPv4 Get IP Address AutoIP
*
Sets the IP address automatically. A random value in the range of
169.254.0.0 to 169.254.255.255 that is not currently in use on the
network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set as
255.255.0.0.
BOOTP Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel Use this option when you want to set the IP address manually on
the operator panel.
IP Address When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to the
printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes
up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.
Understanding the Printer Menus
149
Protocols
Purpose:
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.
255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.
Gateway Address When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address is
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.
127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified
for the first octet of a gateway address.
Ipsec
*1
Disable Disables Ipsec.
*1
Ipsec feature is available only when IPsec is enabled on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
LPD Disable Disables the LPD port.
Enable
*
Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.
Port9100 Disable Disables the Port9100 port.
Enable
*
Enables the Port9100 port.
FTP Disable Disables the FTP port.
Enable
*
Enables the FTP port.
IPP Disable Disables IPP port.
Enable
*
Enables IPP port.
SMB TCP/IP Disable Disables SMB TCP/IP port.
Enable
*
Enables SMB TCP/IP port.
WSD Print Disable Disables Web Services on Devices (WSD) port.
Enable
*
Enables Web Services on Devices (WSD) port.
SNMP UDP Disable Disables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.
Enable
*
Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.
E-mail Alert Disable Disables the E-mail Alert feature.
Enable
*
Enables the E-mail Alert feature.
EWS Disable Disables access to the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the
printer.
Enable
*
Enables access to the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the
printer.
Bonjour(mDNS) Disable Disables Bonjour (mDNS).
Enable
*
Enables Bonjour (mDNS).
Telnet Disable Disables Telnet.
Enable
*
Enables Telnet.
HTTP-SSL/TLS
*1
Disable
*
Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
Enable Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
150
Understanding the Printer Menus
IP Filter
NOTE:
IP Filter feature is available only for
LPD
or
Port9100
.
Purpose:
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless network. You can set up to five IP
addresses. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
IEEE 802.1x
NOTE:
IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable and it is available only when the IEEE
802.1x authentication is enabled.
Purpose:
To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on
again.
Reset LAN
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After executing this function and rebooting
the printer, all wired network settings are reset to their default values.
Delete All Certificates
Purpose:
To delete all certificates of the printer. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all certificates are
deleted.
PS Data Format
Purpose:
To specify PostScript3 Compatible communication protocol, you can configure the PS Data Format settings.
The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Google Cloud Print Disable Disables Google Cloud Print.
Enable
*
Enables Google Cloud Print.
*1
HTTP-SSL/TLS feature is available only when a digital certificate is set from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
No. n / IP Address (n is 1–5.) Sets the IP address for Filter
n
.
No. n / Mask (n is 1–5.) Sets the address mask for Filter
n
.
No. n / Mode (n is 1–5.) Off
*
Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter
n
.
Accept Accepts an access from the specified IP address.
Reject Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
Auto Used when auto-detecting the PostScript3 Compatible communication protocol.
Standard Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.
BCP Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.
Understanding the Printer Menus
151
USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.
USB Port
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on
again.
Values:
PS Data Format
Purpose:
To specify PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol, you can configure the PS Data Format settings.
The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is canceled if the time-out
time is exceeded.
Values:
System Settings
Use System Settings to configure the power saving mode, warning tones, time-out duration, display language,
and job log auto print settings.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
TBCP
*
Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and binary data to switch between them
according to the specified control code.
Binary Used when no special processing is required for data.
Disable Disables the USB interface.
Enable
*
Enables the USB interface.
Auto Used when auto-detecting the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.
Standard Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.
BCP Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.
TBCP
*
Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and binary data to switch
between them according to the specified control code.
Binary Used when no special processing is required for data.
Off Disables the job time-out.
On
*
30 seconds
*
Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.
Available Range:
5–300 seconds
152
Understanding the Printer Menus
Power Saver Timer
CAUTION:
If the Power Off Timer feature is set and the power is turned off, stored data in RAM Disk is cleared.
Purpose:
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.
Values:
When you specify 1 minute for Sleep, the printer enters power saver mode 1 minute after it finishes a job. This
uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Specify 1 minute if your printer shares an
electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering.
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer ready to operate
with minimum warm-up time.
Select a value between 1 and 60 minutes for the power saver mode if you want a balance between energy
consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver mode when it receives data from the
computer. You can also change the status of the printer to the standby mode by pressing the (Power Saver)
button on the operator panel.
If the Power Off Timer feature turns off the printer, the printer cannot be turned back on automatically. To turn the
printer back on, physically turn the power switch of the printer to On.
Auto Reset
Purpose:
To automatically reset the settings to the default settings and return to the standby mode after you do not specify
any settings for the specified time.
Sleep 10 minutes
*
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it
finishes a job.
Available Range: 1–60 minutes
Deep Sleep 10 minutes
*
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep mode
after it has entered Sleep mode.
Available Range: 1–60 minutes
Power Off Timer
*1
Auto Detect
*
180 minutes
*
Detects whether the printer is connected to a network via Ethernet
or wireless. If the printer is connected to a network, Power Off
Timer is disabled. If the printer is not connected to a network
(connected via USB or Wi-Fi Direct), the printer automatically
turns off after the specified time has elapsed. Specify the time it
takes to automatically turn off the printer after it has entered Deep
Sleep mode.
Available Range:
60–1440 minutes
On 180 minutes
*
Specifies the time it takes to automatically turn off the printer after
it has entered Deep Sleep mode.
Available Range:
60–1440 minutes
Off Disables Power Off Timer.
*1
Power Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.
Understanding the Printer Menus
153
Values:
Fault Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally. The print job is
canceled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Values:
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time formats.
Values:
Audio Tone
Purpose:
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a warning message appears.
Values:
45sec
*
1min
2min
3min
4min
Off Disables the fault time-out.
On
*
60 seconds
*
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally.
Available Range:
3-300 seconds
Set Date & Time Time Zone Sets the time zone.
Date Sets the date depending on the
Date Format
settings.
Time Sets the time.
Date Format Sets the date format; YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, or DD/MM/YYYY.
Time Format 12H Sets the time in 12-hour format.
24H
*
Sets the time in 24-hour format.
Control Panel Off
*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is correct.
On Emits a tone when the operator panel input is correct.
Invalid Key Off
*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.
On Emits a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.
Machine Ready Off Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
On
*
Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
Job Completed Off Does not emit a tone when a job is complete.
On
*
Emits a tone when a job is complete.
154
Understanding the Printer Menus
mm / inch
Purpose:
To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel.
Values:
NOTE:
The default for
mm/inch
varies depending on other settings, such as
Country
and
Document Size
.
Default Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
mm series
inch series
Fault Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.
On
*
Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.
Alert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.
On
*
Emits a tone when a problem occurs.
Out of Paper Off Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
On
*
Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Low Toner Alert Off Does not emit a tone when the toner is low.
On
*
Emits a tone when the toner is low.
Auto Clear Alert Off
*
Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
On Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
All Tones Off
*
Disables all the alert tones.
On Enables all the alert tones at once.
Millimeters (mm)
*
Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.
Inches (") Selects inch as the default measurement unit.
A4
*1
Letter
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
A4
Letter
*1
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Understanding the Printer Menus
155
A4<>Letter Switch
Purpose:
To print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 is not available or to print Letter size jobs on A4 size paper if Letter
size paper is not available.
Values:
A5<>Statement Switch
Purpose:
To print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 size paper is not available or to print Statement size jobs on A5
size paper if Statement size paper is not available.
Values:
Auto Log Print
Purpose:
To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Values:
Print logs can also be printed using the Report / List menu.
Report 2 Sided Print
Purpose:
To specify to print reports on both sides a sheet of paper.
Values:
Off
*1
Does not print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper or Letter size jobs on A4 paper.
On
*
Prints A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 size paper is not available in the paper trays and vice versa
(Letter size job on A4 size paper).
*1
Depending on the printer setting, the printer will continue to print on existing media of a different size or prompt the user to select from
the following:
• Delete Job
• Supply with correct media
Off
*1
Does not print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper or Statement size jobs on A5 paper.
On
*
Prints A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa
(Statement size job on A5 size paper).
*1
Depending on the printer setting, the printer will continue to print on existing media of a different size or prompt the user to select from
the following:
• Delete Job
• Supply with correct media
Off
*
Does not
automatically print a job history report
.
On
Automatically prints a job history report
.
1 Sided
*
Prints reports on one side of a sheet of paper.
2 Sided Prints reports on both side of a sheet of paper.
156
Understanding the Printer Menus
Print ID
Purpose:
To specify a location where the user ID is printed.
Values:
NOTE:
When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed correctly.
Print Text
Purpose:
To specify whether the printer outputs PDL (Page Description Language) data, which is not supported by the
printer, as text when the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter size paper.
Values:
Banner Sheet
Purpose:
To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the banner sheet is loaded.
Values:
RAM Disk
Purpose:
To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print,
and Proof Print features. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Off
*
Does not print the user ID.
Top Left Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.
Top Right Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.
Bottom Left Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.
Bottom Right Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.
Off Does not print the received data.
On
*
Prints the received data as text data.
Insert Position Off
*
Does not print the banner sheet.
Front Inserted before the first page of every copy.
Back Inserted after the last page of every copy.
Front & Back Inserted before the first page of every copy and after the last page of every
copy.
Specify Tray MPF The banner sheet is loaded in the MPF.
Tray 1
*
The banner sheet is loaded in tray1.
Tray 2
*1
The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.
Off Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print,
Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job log.
Understanding the Printer Menus
157
NOTE:
Restart your printer when you change the settings for the
RAM Disk
menu.
Substitute Tray
Purpose:
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not match
the paper size settings for the current job.
Values:
Set Available Time
Purpose:
Sets the available time for the Print function.
Values:
NOTE:
Set Available Time can be configured when Print is set to On.
Secure Job Expiration
NOTE:
Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Values:
On 260 MB
*
Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in increments of 20 MB.
Available Range:
20-320 MB
Off No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size, the printer substitutes paper of
nearest size.
Nearest Size
*
Substitutes paper of nearest size.
Use MPF Substitutes paper from the MPF.
Print Off
*
Does not set the time when printing is available.
On Sets the time when printing is available.
Start Time Sets the start time of the available time.
End Time Sets the end time of the available time.
Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Expiration Mode Off
*
Does not set the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the RAM disk.
On Sets the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Expiration Time Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
158
Understanding the Printer Menus
AccessCtrl Mode
Purpose:
To specify who has access to printing.
Values:
Non Registered User
Purpose:
To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information.
Values:
AccessCtrl Error Report
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically print error-related information if printing with AccessControl results in an error.
Values:
Recurrence Daily Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk
daily.
Weekly* Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk
weekly.
Monthly Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print monthly.
Weekly Setting Monday Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as Secure Print.
Tue sday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
*
Monthly Setting 1 Day
*
Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the
RAM disk.
Available Range:
1-28 days
Off
*
Does not limit access to printing.
On Limits access to printing. Authentication is done using user information registered on the printer.
Off
*
Does not permit non-account user to print the data.
On Permits non-account user to print the data.
Off
*
Does not print the error report when printing with AccessControl results in an error.
On Prints the error report when printing with AccessControl results in an error.
Understanding the Printer Menus
159
Letterhead 2 Sided
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides when using letterhead.
Values:
Low Toner Alert Msg
Purpose:
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.
Values:
S/W Download
Purpose:
To enable or disable download of firmware updates.
Values:
Use Another Tray
Purpose:
To change to another paper tray when a paper size runs out in the specified paper tray.
Values:
NOTE:
If you select another paper tray with paper size smaller than the paper size specified in the job, the parts that do not fit
are not printed (print size is not adjusted automatically).
Envelope Mode Mismatch
Purpose:
To specify whether to display the alert window when the print job is started without setting to the envelope mode.
Values:
Disable
*
Does not print on both sides of letterhead.
Enable Prints on both sides of letterhead.
Off Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.
On
*
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.
Disable Disables firmware updates.
Enable
*
Enables firmware updates.
Off Does not print on other paper sizes in other paper trays if the paper size specified in the job runs out.
On
*
Shows a message to select another tray when the specified paper runs out in the paper tray.
Ignore Does not display the alert window and continues the print job on the envelope even if a mismatch is
detected in the printer's envelope mode settings.
Show Warning
*
Displays the alert window to confirm whether to hold the print job and change to the envelope mode, or to
continue the print job anyway without changing to the envelope mode.
160
Understanding the Printer Menus
Power On Wizard
Purpose:
To perform initial setup for the printer.
Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory, configure the plain paper quality
adjustment settings, and configure the security settings.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
F/W Version
Purpose:
To confirm the current F/W version.
Service Tag
Purpose:
To confirm the service tag.
Express Code
Purpose:
To confirm the express service code.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify paper density settings.
Values:
Adjust Transfer Unit
NOTE:
The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Purpose:
To specify the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type.
Values:
Plain Light
Normal
*
Plain 0
*
Sets the transfer roller voltage in increments of 1. The default
settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see
mottles on the printed paper, try to increase the voltage. If you see
white spots on the printed paper, try to decrease the voltage.
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Plain Thick 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Covers 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Understanding the Printer Menus
161
Adjust Fusing Unit
NOTE:
The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Purpose:
To adjust the temperature setting of the fusing unit for each paper type.
Values:
Covers Thick 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Rough Surface 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Label 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Envelope 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Postcard JPN 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10
Plain 0
*
Sets the fusing unit temperature in increments of 1. The default
settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the
printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the
toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the
temperature.
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Plain Thick 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Covers 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Covers Thick 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Rough Surface 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Label 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Envelope 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
162
Understanding the Printer Menus
Adjust Density
Purpose:
To adjust density level.
Values:
Chart
Purpose:
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer.
Values:
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To clean the transfer unit.
Values:
Clean Transfer Unit
Purpose:
To clean the transfer unit.
Values:
Toner Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the toner in the drum cartridge (and supply new toner from toner cartridge).
NOTE:
Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten the life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.
Postcard JPN 0
*
Available Range:
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3
Darken 1 to 3 Adjusts the density level darker than the normal setting.
Normal
*
0Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Lighten 1 to 3 Adjusts the density level lighter than the normal setting.
Pitch Chart Print Prints a full halftone page. Also prints a page to check the pitch. A
total of two pages are printed.
Full Page Solid 1-Sided Specifies to print a chart of the full page solid on the paper.
2-Sided Specifies to print a chart of the full page solid on both sides of the
paper.
Print Begins to print a full page solid.
Alignment Chart Print Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print image on
the paper.
Start Cleans the transfer unit.
Start Cleans the transfer unit.
Understanding the Printer Menus
163
Values:
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu
parameters are reset to their default values.
Initialize Print Meter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset to zero.
Reset Fusing Unit
Purpose:
To initialize the life counter of the fusing unit. After replacing the fusing unit, be sure to initialize its life counter.
Reset Transfer Belt Unit
Purpose:
To initialize the life counter of the transfer belt unit. After replacing the transfer belt unit, be sure to initialize its life
counter.
Clear Job History
Purpose:
To clear the job history of all finished jobs.
Clear Storage
NOTE:
Clear Storage feature is available only when
RAM Disk
is set to
On
.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, Proof Print, and Stored Print in
the RAM disk.
Values:
Non-Dell Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
CAUTION:
Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover damages caused
by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Start Cleans the toner.
All Clear Deletes all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof
Print in the RAM disk.
Secure Document Deletes all files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Stored Document Deletes all files stored as Stored Print in the RAM disk.
164
Understanding the Printer Menus
Values:
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.
NOTE:
An incorrect altitude setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner, etc.
Values:
StaticMemory Ctr
Purpose:
To widen the print gap not to leave toner streak on the next page.
Values:
Ghost Control
Purpose:
To reduce negative ghost.
Values:
Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This prevents items from being
changed accidentally.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
See also:
"Panel Lock"
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Settings with a password, and to set or change the password.
Off
*
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
0m
*
Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
1000m
2000m
3000m
Off
*
Does not widen the print gap.
On Widens the print gap.
Off
*
Does not decrease negative ghosting.
On Decreases negative ghosting.
Understanding the Printer Menus
165
Values:
Login Error
NOTE:
Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an administrator in the Admin
Settings and Report/List menu.
Values:
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to define the print media loaded in tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
MPF
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the MPF.
Values:
Panel Lock Control Disable
*
Disables password protection for
Admin Settings
.
Enable Enables password protection for
Admin Settings
.
Change Password
*1
0000–9999 Sets or changes the password required to access
Admin Settings
.
*1
This item is available only when
Panel Lock Control
is set to
Enable
.
Off
*
Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.
On 5
*
Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator logs in.
Available Range: 1-10
Paper Size
*1
mm series Use Driver Settings
*
A4 (210 x 297 mm)
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Letter (8.5 x 11")
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
Envelope #10 (4.1 x 9.5")
Monarch Env. (3.9 x 7.5")
DL Env. (110 x 220 mm)
C5 Env. (162 x 229 mm)
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)
Custom Size
166
Understanding the Printer Menus
inch series Use Driver Settings
*
Letter (8.5 x 11")
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")
A4 (210 x 297 mm)
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
Envelope #10 (4.1 x 9.5")
Monarch Env. (3.9 x 7.5")
DL Env. (110 x 220 mm)
C5 Env. (162 x 229 mm)
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)
Custom Size
Paper type Plain
*
Plain Thick
Covers (106-163 g/m
2
)
Covers Thick (164-216 g/m
2
)
Rough Surface
Labels
Envelope
Recycled
Postcard JPN
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
MPF Mode Panel Specified
*
Uses the paper size and paper type set from the operator panel.
Driver Specified Uses the paper size and paper type set on the printer driver.
Manual When the print job is started, the printer pauses the job and
shows the screen to prompt the user to load the paper of the
specified size and type. To continue the job, check that the
specified paper is loaded, and select
Continue
and then press
the (Set) button.
Display
Popup
*1
Off Does not display a popup message that prompts to set
Paper
Type
and
Paper Size
when paper is loaded in the MPF.
On* Displays a popup message that prompts to set
Paper Type
and
Paper Size
when paper is loaded in the MPF.
*1
This item is available only when
MPF Mode
is set to
Panel Specified
.
Understanding the Printer Menus
167
Tray 1
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in tray1.
Values:
Paper Size mm series A4 (210 x 297 mm)
*1
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Letter (8.5 x 11")
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)
Custom Size
inch series Letter (8.5 x 11")
*1
Folio (8.5 x 13")
Legal (8.5 x 14")
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")
A4 (210 x 297 mm)
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)
Custom Size
Paper Type Plain
*
Plain Thick
Covers (106-163 g/m
2
)
Covers Thick (164-216 g/m
2
)
Rough Surface
Labels
Recycled
Postcard JPN
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Display Popup Off Does not display a popup message that prompts
to set
Paper Type
and
Paper Size
when
paper is loaded in tray1.
On
*
Displays a popup message that prompts to set
Paper Type
and
Paper Size
when paper
is loaded in tray1.
168
Understanding the Printer Menus
NOTE:
For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Supported Paper Sizes."
Tray 2
NOTE:
Tray 2 feature is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
Values:
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Paper Size mm series A4
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Statement
Executive
Custom Size
inch series Letter
Folio
Legal
Statement
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Custom Size
Paper Type Plain
*
Plain Thick
Covers (106-163 g/m
2
)
Covers Thick (164-216 g/m
2
)
Rough Surface
Label
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Understanding the Printer Menus
169
Tray Priority
Purpose:
To set the priority order of the paper trays for automatic tray selection. If paper trays loaded with the same paper size
and type exists, the paper tray is selected according to this priority order.
Values:
Panel Language
Purpose:
To determine the language of the text on the LCD panel.
Values:
Display Popup Off Does not display a popup message that prompts
to set
Paper Type
and
Paper Size
when
paper is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
On
*
Displays a popup message that prompts to set
Paper Type
and
Paper Size
when paper
is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
1st Priority MPF
*
Sets the MPF as the first priority.
Tray 1 Sets tray1 as the first priority.
Tray 2 Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the first priority.
2nd Priority
*1
MPF Sets the MPF as the second priority.
Tray 1
*
Sets tray1 as the second priority.
Tray 2 Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the second priority.
3rd Priority
*2
MPF Sets the MPF as the third priority.
Tray 1 Sets tray1 as the third priority.
Tray 2
*
Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the third priority.
*1
The tray selected in
1st Priority
is not displayed.
*2
The trays selected in
1st Priority
and
2nd Priority
are not displayed.
English
*
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Dansk
Nederlands
Norsk
Svenska
170
Understanding the Printer Menus
Print Menu
Use the Print Menu to print a job using the Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof
Print features.
NOTE:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Secure Print
NOTE:
Secure Print feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to
On
.
Purpose:
To print confidential jobs. The printer can hold the job in memory until you arrive at the printer and type the
password on the operator panel.
Values:
Private Mail Box
NOTE:
Private Mail Box feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to
On
.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Private Mail Box.
Values:
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All Documents
*1
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
document n
*2
Print and Delete Deletes the specified document from print memory
after printing it.
Delete Deletes the specified document from print memory.
*
1
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer
driver.
All Documents
*1
Print Prints all documents and saves them in memory.
Use PC Settings Sets the number of copies specified on the
printer driver.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Use PC Settings Sets the number of copies specified on the
printer driver.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
document n
*2
Print Prints all documents and saves them in memory.
Understanding the Printer Menus
171
Public Mail Box
NOTE:
Public Mail Box feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to
On
.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Public Mail Box.
Values:
Proof Print
NOTE:
Proof Print feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Proof Print. When the print job is sent from the printer
driver on the computer, a single copy is printed for you to check the print result. If you do not have problems with
the print result, you can choose to print more copies. This prevents a large number of misprinted copies from being
printed at one time.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
*
1
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Select User ID All Documents
*1
Print Prints all documents and saves them in memory.
Use PC Settings Sets the number of copies specified on the
printer driver.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Use PC Settings Sets the number of copies specified on the
printer driver.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
document n
*2
Print Prints all documents and saves them in memory.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
*
1
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
172
Understanding the Printer Menus
Values:
Panel Lock
This feature prevents unauthorized personnel from changing the settings made by the administrator. For regular
printing, items can be selected from the menu and printer settings remain unchanged. For regular printing, items
can be configured using the printer driver.
NOTE:
Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the Stored Print and Tray Settings menus.
Enabling the Panel Lock
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Secure Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Ensure that
Panel Lock
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
Panel Lock Control
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Press the button until
Enable
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Enter the new password, and then press the
(Set)
button.
CAUTION:
Be sure to remember the password. The procedure described below allows you to reset the password.
• Turn off the printer. Then, while holding the
(Menu)
button, turn on the printer. Perform steps 7 and 8.
8
Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The password has been changed.
Select User ID All Documents
*1
Print Prints all documents and saves them in memory.
Use PC Settings Sets the number of copies specified on the
printer driver.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Use PC Settings Sets the number of copies specified on the
printer driver.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
document n
*2
Print Prints all documents and saves them in memory.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Print and Delete Deletes all documents from print memory after
printing them.
Input Number of
Copies
Sets the number of copies.
Delete Deletes all documents from print memory.
*
1
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Understanding the Printer Menus
173
NOTE:
If you change the password while Panel Lock is Enable, perform steps 1 to 4 above. Press the button until
Change Password is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button. Perform steps 7 and 8 above to change the
password. This will change the password
.
Disabling the Panel Lock
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Secure Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Ensure that
Panel Lock
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
Panel Lock Control
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that
Disable
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Enter the current password, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The setting has been changed.
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.
The following menu parameters are exceptions and are not reset.
• Network settings
• Panel Lock settings and password
• Login Error settings
• Set Available Time settings
• Secure Job Expiration settings
•USB Port settings
• AccessCtrl Mode settings
• AccessCtrl Error Report settings
• Non Registered User settings
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the (
Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Maintenance
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
Reset Defaults
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press the button until
Start
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer is restarted automatically.
174
Understanding the Printer Menus
Print Media Guidelines
175
15
Print Media Guidelines
Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and Rough Surface paper among others. Your printer provides high-
quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid
printing troubles. This section describes selecting and caring for print media.
NOTE:
Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.
Paper
For the best print quality, use 90 g/m
2
(24 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you try a sample
first before buying large quantities of any print media.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper accordingly. See
"
Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
"
and
"
Loading Print Media in the MPF
"
for
detailed loading instructions.
Recommended Paper
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m
2
(20 lb) xerographic paper. Business paper designed
for general business use also provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high temperatures
without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. The laser printing process heats paper to high
temperatures. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is
acceptable for laser printers.
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of any print media. When choosing any
print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color.
Unacceptable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
• Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless paper, carbonless
copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper.
• Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.
• Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fusing unit.
• Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±0.09 inches,
such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms.
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms.
• Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.
• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.
• Recycled paper containing more than 25 % post-consumer waste that does not meet DIN 19 309.
• Multiple-part forms or documents.
• Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when printing on talc or acid paper.
Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:
• Always use new, undamaged paper.
176
Print Media Guidelines
• Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is usually indicated
on the paper package.
• Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed.
• Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam.
• Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
• Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray.
• Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
When selecting pre-printed and letterhead paper for the printer:
• Use grain long paper for best results.
• Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.
• Select paper that absorb ink, but does not bleed.
• Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
• Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic copying machines. The ink must
withstand temperatures of 225 °C (437 °F) without melting or releasing hazardous emissions.
• Use inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the silicone in the fusing unit. Inks that are oxidation-set
or oil-based should meet these requirements; latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
When selecting pre-punched paper for the printer:
• Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large quantities of pre-punched paper.
• Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper already packaged in a ream. Drilled
paper can cause jams when multiple sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.
• Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your printer may require more frequent
cleaning and feed reliability may not be as good as standard paper.
• Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.
Print Media Guidelines
177
Envelopes
Depending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling. It is recommended that you try a
sample first before buying large quantities of any print media. See
"
Loading Envelopes in the MPF
"
for instructions
on loading envelopes.
When printing on envelopes:
• Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.
• Set the print media source to the MPF. Set the paper type to
Envelope
, and select the correct size of envelope from
the printer driver.
• Use envelopes made from 75 g/m
2
(20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105 g/m
2
(28 lb bond) weight for the
envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25 % or less. Envelopes with 100 % cotton content must not exceed
90 g/m
2
(24 lb bond) weight.
• Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.
• Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or
releasing hazardous emissions. If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the
envelope supplier.
• Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.
• To load an envelope into the MPF, insert the envelope with the flaps closed or open and the short-edge of the
envelope facing into the printer. The print side must be facing up.
• See "
Loading Envelopes in the MPF
" for instructions on loading envelopes.
• Use one envelope size during a print job.
• Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60 %) and the high printing temperatures may
seal the envelopes.
• For best performance, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl or twist
– Are stuck together or damaged in any way
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have an interlocking design
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position
– Have nicked edges or bent corners
– Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes
Labels
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.
When selecting labels:
• Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401
°F) and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch (psi).
• Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.
• Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.
CAUTION:
Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.
178
Print Media Guidelines
When printing on labels:
• Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or
releasing hazardous emissions.
• Set the paper type to
Label
in the printer driver.
• Load labels in the MPF. Tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder do not support labels.
• Do not load labels together with paper in the MPF.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the perforations, or between die-cuts of the
label.
• Do not print a label through the printer more than once.
• Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.
• Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.
• Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing, resulting in a jam.
• Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is recommended that zone coating of the
adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04 inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and
could void your warranty.
WARNING:
Otherwise a jam occurs in the printer and contaminate your printer and your cartridge with adhesive. As a result,
could void your printer and cartridge warranties.
Storing Print Media
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines will help to avoid media feeding problems and uneven print
quality.
• Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative
humidity is 40 %.
• Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.
• If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so
that the edges do not buckle or curl.
• Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Identifying Print Media and Specifications
The following tables show print media information.
Print Media Guidelines
179
Supported Paper Sizes
Supported Paper Types
NOTE:
For Plain paper, you can set the paper density by selecting the Paper Density (Light or Normal) under Maintenance from
the operator panel, Tool Box, or Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool. Once you set the Paper Density settings, the printer uses
the settings for Plain paper.
Paper size MPF Tray1 Optional 550-sheet
feeder
Duplex unit
A4 (210 x 297 mm) YYYY
B5 (182 x 257 mm) YYYY
A5 (148 x 210 mm) YYYY
Letter (8.5 x 11 in) YYYY
Folio (8.5 x 13 in) YYYY
Legal (8.5 x 14 in) YYYY
Statement (5.5 x 8.5 in) YYYY
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in) YYYY
Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in) YNNN
Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in) YNNN
DL (110 x 220 mm) YNNN
C5 (162 x 229 mm) YNNN
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm) YYNN
Custom
*1, 2
YYYY
*1
Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches) for the MPF and tray1, 139.7mm (5.5 icnches) to 215.9mm (8.5 inches) for the
optional 550-sheet feeder
length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches) for the MPF and tray1, 210mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6mm (14 inches) for
the optional 550-sheet feeder
*2
XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support custom size paper.
Paper type MPF Tray1 Optional 550-sheet
feeder
Duplex unit
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
Plain YNYNYNYN
Plain Thick YNYNYNYN
Covers YNYNYNYN
Covers Thick YNYNYNNN
Rough surface YNYNYNNN
Labels YNYNYNNN
Envelope YNNNNNNN
Recycled YNYNYNYN
Japanese Postcard YNYNNNNN
Letterhead YNYNYNYN
Preprinted YNYNYNYN
Prepunched YNYNYNYN
Color YNYNYNYN
180
Print Media Guidelines
Paper Type Specifications
Paper type Weight (g/m
2
) Remarks
Plain 60–90 -
Plain Thick 80/90–105 -
Covers 106–163 -
Covers Thick 164–216 -
Rough surface 106–163 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.
Labels 106–163 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.
Envelope 91–105 -
Recycled 60–105 -
Japanese Postcard 190 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.
Letterhead 60–90 -
Preprinted 60–90 -
Prepunched 60–90 -
Color 60–90 -
Loading Print Media
181
16
Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media. This information is usually
indicated on the print media package.
Capacity
Tray1 can hold:
• 250 sheets of the standard paper.
The optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) can hold:
• 550 sheets of the standard paper.
The multipurpose feeder (MPF) can hold:
• 50 sheets of the standard paper.
Print Media Dimensions
The maximum dimensions of print media that the MPF and tray1 can handle are:
• Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
• Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
The maximum dimensions of print media that the optional 550-sheet feeder can handle are:
• Width — 139.7 mm (5.5 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
• Length — 210 mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
This section describes how to load letterhead. For details about loading print media other than letterhead, see
"Loading Paper."
NOTE:
To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE:
Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
The pre-printed paper such as letterhead and pre-punched paper must be inserted top edge first with the print side
facing up as shown below.
NOTE:
Set Letterhead 2 Sided or
Letterhead Duplex Mode
to Enable and Paper Type to
Letterhead, Preprinted, or Prepunched from the operator panel or the printer driver even when you print on a single
side of letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper.
182
Loading Print Media
Loading Print Media in the MPF
1
Gently pull open the MPF cover.
2
Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. The width guides should be fully extended.
Print media source Print side Page orientation
Tray1 and optional 550-sheet
feeder
Face up Letterhead enters the printer
first
MPF Face up Letterhead enters the printer
first
Loading Print Media
183
3
Insert all media face up and top edge first into the MPF.
NOTE:
Do not force the print media into the MPF.
4
Slide both width guides until they rest lightly against the edge of the print media stack.
NOTE:
Do not force the print media into the MPF.
5
On the operator panel, press the or
button until the desired paper size is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
6
Press the or button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.
Loading Small Print Media in the MPF
When loading small print media such as monarch envelope or the user-specified print media whose feed direction
length is 191.6 mm or less in the MPF, remove the MPF from the printer.
1
Gently pull open the MPF cover.
184
Loading Print Media
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
3
Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. The width guides should be fully extended.
4
Pull up the length guide and slide it toward MPF cover until it stops.
5
Load the print media into the MPF with the recommended print side facing up so that the top edge of the print
media enters the printer first.
Loading Print Media
185
6
Align the paper guides against the edges of the print media.
7
Insert the MPF into the printer.
8
On the operator panel, press the or
button until the desired paper size is highlighted, and then press the
(Set) button.
9
Press the or button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.
Printing on Envelopes – Envelope Mode
To print on envelopes with better print quality, set the printer to the envelope mode. When the printer is set to the
envelope mode, Ready(Envelope) is displayed.
NOTE:
Print jobs can be done on envelopes even when the printer is not set to the envelope mode. To get the better print results,
set the printer to the envelope mode.
NOTE:
When the printer is in the envelope mode, print jobs cannot be done while the paper type is set to other than envelopes.
186
Loading Print Media
To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
2
Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
3
Slide the envelope switches on both sides of the fusing unit to the position.
WARNING:
The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
4
Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
Loading Print Media
187
5
Close the rear cover.
6
Confirm that
Ready(Envelope)
is displayed on the LCD panel.
To Cancel the Envelope Mode
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
2
Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
188
Loading Print Media
3
Slide the envelope switches on the both sides of the fusing unit to the position.
WARNING:
The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
4
Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
5
Close the rear cover.
6
Confirm that
Ready
is displayed on the LCD panel, instead of
Ready(Envelope)
.
Loading Envelopes in the MPF
Use the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the MPF:
CAUTION:
Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can
cause damage to the printer.
NOTE:
If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid
jams, press firmly across the whole envelopes to flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in the MPF.
Loading Print Media
189
NOTE:
The maximum height (quantity) of envelopes that can be loaded in the MPF is approximately 15 mm (0.59 inches) (15
envelopes).
Envelope #10, DL
Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the
flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
Monarch
You need to pull up and slide the length guide. Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps
closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
C5
Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps open or closed and the print side up. Ensure
that the flaps come at the bottom with the flaps open or at the top with the flaps closed when you face towards the
printer.
When you print with the orientation of the 1, position of the envelopes may be distorted on the output tray. In this
case, set the orientation of the 2.
1
2
190
Loading Print Media
Loading Letterhead in the MPF
When you use the MPF, letterhead and hole punched paper must be inserted top edge first with the print side facing
up.
Using the MPF
• Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.
• To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media that is designed for use in laser printer.
For more guidelines on print media, see "Print Media Guidelines."
• Do not add or remove print media when there is still print media in the MPF or when the printer is printing from
the MPF. This may result in a paper jam.
• Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side up and the top of the print media going into the
MPF first.
• Do not place objects on the MPF. Also, avoid pressing down or applying excessive force on it.
• The icons on the MPF show how to load the MPF with paper, and how to turn an envelope for printing.
Linking Trays
The printer automatically links the trays when you load the same size and type of print media in them. The first tray
will be utilized until the media runs out, and then the next tray will be used.
NOTE:
The print media should be the same size and type in each tray.
The MPF cannot be linked to any of the tray sources.
After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media, select the Paper Type setting in the Tray
Settings component for each source (tray).
To disable tray linking change the paper type in one of the sources (trays) to a unique value.
NOTE:
If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in each tray, the printer will automatically link them if the
paper type is not specified in the printer driver properties/preferences.
191
Printing
17 Printing........................................................................................ 193
192
Printing
193
17
Printing
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain information from your printer, and how to cancel a job.
Tips for Successful Printing
Tips on Storing Print Media
Store your print media properly. For more information, see
"
Storing Print Media.
"
Avoiding Paper Jams
CAUTION:
Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid paper jams. See the following instructions
on loading print media:
•"Loading Paper"
• "Loading Print Media in the MPF"
•"Avoiding Jams"
If you encounter a paper jam, see
"
Clearing Jams.
"
Sending a Job to Print
Install the printer driver to use all the features of the printer. When you choose Print from an application, a window
representing the printer driver opens. Select the appropriate settings for the specific job that you are sending to
print. Print settings selected from the driver override the default menu settings selected from the operator panel or
Tool Box .
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the available system settings. If you are not
familiar with a feature in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more information.
To print a file from a typical
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
application:
1
Open the file you want to print.
2
From the
File
menu, select
Print
.
3
Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Change the print settings if needed.
4
Click
Preferences
to adjust system settings that are not available from the first screen, and then click
OK
.
5
Click
OK
or
Print
to send the job to the selected printer.
194
Printing
Canceling a Print Job
There are several methods for canceling a job.
• "Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel"
• "Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
®
Operating System"
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
To cancel a job after it has started printing:
1
Press the
(Cancel)
button.
Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will continue to print.
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows® Operating System
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right corner of the taskbar.
1
Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2
Select the job you want to cancel.
3
Press the <Delete> key.
Canceling a Job From the Desktop
1
Click
Start

Devices and Printers
.
For Windows Vista
®
: Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2008: Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2008 R2: Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
For Windows
®
8/Windows
®
8.1: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then
click
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Devices and Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner
of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware
Devices and Printers
.
A list of available printers appears.
2
Right-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for printing, and then select
See what's printing
.
3
Select the printer driver.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
4
Select the job you want to cancel.
5
Press the <Delete> key.
Printing
195
Duplex Printing
Duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to print on both sides of a sheet of paper. For sizes that are
acceptable for duplex printing, see
"
Supported Paper Sizes.
"
Duplex Printing With Duplex Unit
1
Click
Start

Devices and Printers
.
For Windows Vista
®
: Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2008: Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2008 R2: Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
For Windows
®
8/Windows
®
8.1: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then
click
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Devices and Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner
of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer and select
Printing Preferences
.
The
General
tab appears.
3
From
Paper Source
, select the paper tray.
For PCL driver:
Select from
Auto
,
Tray1
,
Tray2
, or
MPF
.
For PS driver:
Select from
Automatically Select
,
Tray1
,
Tray2
, or
MPF
.
4
From
Duplex
, select
Flip on Short Edge
or
Flip on Long Edge
.
NOTE:
For details on the Flip on Short Edge and Flip on Long Edge options, see
"Flip on Short Edge" and "Flip on Long Edge."
5
Click
OK
.
Using Booklet Print
To use the booklet print feature, select the Enable check box of the Booklet Printing in the Layout tab.
NOTE:
When the XML Paper Specification (XPS) or PS driver is used, booklet print is not available.
NOTE:
You must select Flip on Long Edge in the Duplex when using the Booklet Print feature.
196
Printing
Using the Stored Print Feature
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify the information such as user ID, password, and job name in the
printer driver to store the job in the memory. When you are ready to print the job, select the desired job name in the
memory using the operator panel.
NOTE:
The data in the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
NOTE:
Stored Print feature is available when:
•The RAM disk is enabled in the printer menu.
•RAM Disk is set to Available in the printer driver.
Flip on Long Edge Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for portrait orientation and top edge
for landscape orientation). The following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Flip on Short Edge Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for portrait orientation and left
edge for landscape orientation). The following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait
and landscape pages:
Portrait Landscape
Portrait Landscape
Printing
197
Overview
The stored printing feature includes the following job types.
Secure Print
You can temporarily store print jobs secured with a password in the memory. Users with the password can print them
from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. A stored print job will be deleted
after you print it or at a designated time.
Private Mail Box Print
You can store print jobs secured with a password in the memory. Users with the password can print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. The stored jobs
remain in the memory until you delete them from the operator panel.
Public Mail Box Print
You can store print jobs without a password in the memory. Any user can print them at a more convenient time from
the operator panel. The stored jobs remain in the memory until you delete them from the operator panel.
Send confidential data.
Enter the password from
the operator panel.
Print data.
Confidential
Data is deleted at a
designated time.
Send data.
Enter the password from
the operator panel.
Print data.
Send data.
Print data.
198
Printing
Proof Print
The collated print job is stored in the memory, but a single copy is printed automatically so you can check the print
result. If you do not have problems with the print result, you can choose to print more copies. This prevents large
number of misprinted copies from being printed at one time.
The difference between each of the job types are listed below. If you want to set the password for confidentiality,
store the jobs in the Secure Print or Private Mail Box Print.
NOTE:
If a print job is too large for the memory available, the printer may display an error message.
Procedures for Printing Stored Print
NOTE:
The stored print feature is available when using the PCL or PS driver.
When you select a job type in the printer driver, the job will be stored in the memory until you request to print it
from the operator panel. The following are procedures for storing and printing jobs.
Storing Print Jobs
To use the stored print feature, you need to select a job type other than Normal Print in the General tab of the
printer driver. The job will be stored in the memory until you request to print it from the operator panel.
NOTE:
Secure Print and Private Mail Box Print require specifying a password for confidentiality.
NOTE:
If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the printer driver, the job's name will be identified using the
printer's time and date of submission to distinguish it from other jobs you have stored under your name.
Printing the Stored Jobs
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Print Menu
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until the desired job type is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Job types Password Differences
Secure Print Y
• The stored jobs will be deleted at a designated time.
• You cannot specify the quantity of copies from the operator panel. The
quantity of copies depends on the number you specified on the printer
driver.
Private Mail Box Print Y
• The stored jobs remain until you delete them from the operator panel.
• You can specify the quantity of copies from the operator panel.
Public Mail Box Print N
Proof Print N
• The print job is set to collate.
• A single copy is printed automatically.
• The stored jobs remain until you delete them from the operator panel.
• You can specify the quantity of copies from the operator panel.
Send data.
Print the rest of sets
from the operator panel.
One set is
printed.
Check if the print result
is OK.
Printing
199
4
Press the button until the desired user ID is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE:
Secure Print and Private Mail Box Print require specifying a password for confidentiality. If you select Public
Mail Box Print or Proof Print, proceed to step 6.
5
Enter the password using the number pad, and then press the
(Set)
button.
For details about specifying the password, see "Specifying your password on the operator panel (Secure
Print/Private Mail Box Print)."
6
Press the button until the desired document is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Press the button until the desired print menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE:
If you want to keep the data in the memory for the time being, select
Print
. For Secure Print, only
Print and
Delete
is available.
8
Press the button until the desired quantity menu is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE:
If you select
Input Number of Copies
, enter the number using the number pad, and then press the
(Set) button.
The stored document will be printed.
Specifying your password on the operator panel (Secure Print/Private Mail Box Print)
When you select Secure Print or Private Mail Box from Print Menu, a screen to enter the password
appears after selecting your user ID.
Use the number pad to enter the numeric password you specified in the printer driver. The password you entered will
appear as asterisks (*******) to ensure confidentiality.
If you enter an invalid password, the message Wrong Password Re-enter appears. Wait 3 seconds, or press the
(Set)
button or (Cancel) button to return to the screen for entering the password.
When you enter a valid password, you have access to all print jobs matching the user ID and password you entered.
The print jobs matching the password you entered appear on the screen. You can then choose to print or delete jobs
matching the password you entered. (See "Printing the Stored Jobs" for more information.)
Deleting Stored Jobs
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored will be deleted after printing or deleted at a designated time entered on
the operator panel.
For other jobs, these jobs remain stored until you delete them from the operator panel.
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
This section provides information for network printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD), the protocol of
Microsoft
®
for Windows Vista
®
, Windows
®
7, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows Server
®
2008, Windows
Server
®
2008 R2, Windows Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2.
Adding Roles of Printer Services
When you use Windows Server
®
2008, Windows Server
®
2008 R2 , Windows Server
®
2012, or Windows Server
®
2012 R2, you need to add the roles of print services to the Windows Server
®
2008, Windows Server
®
2008 R2 ,
Windows Server
®
2012, or Windows Server
®
2012 R2 client.
For Windows Server® 2008:
1
Click
Start
Administrative Tools
Server Manager
.
2
Select
Add Roles
from the
Action
menu.
3
Check the
Print Services
check box on the
Server Roles
window in the
Add Roles Wizard
, and then click
Next
.
200
Printing
4
Check the
Print Server
check box, and then click
Next
.
5
Click
Install
.
For Windows Server® 2008 R2:
1
Click
Start
Administrative Tools
Server Manager
.
2
Select
Add Roles
from the
Action
menu.
3
Check the
Print and Document Services
check box on the
Server Roles
window in the
Add Roles Wizard
, and
then click
Next
.
4
Click
Next
.
5
Check the
Print Server
check box, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Install
.
For Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2:
1
Click
Server Manager
of the
Start
screen.
2
Select
Add Roles and Features
from the
Manage
menu.
3
Click
Next
on the
Before You Begin
window
Select installation type on the
Installation Type
window
Select
destination server on the
Server Selection
window in the
Add Roles and Features Wizard
.
4
Check the
Print and Document Services
check box on the
Server Roles
window, and then click
Next
.
5
Select features on the
Features
window
Confirm installation selections on the
Confirmation
window.
6
Click
Install
.
Printer Setup
You can install your new printer on the network using the
Software and Documentation
disc that shipped with your
printer, or using the Add Printer wizard on Microsoft
®
Windows
®
.
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
(
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
for Windows Vista
®
and Windows Server
®
2008).
For Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2:
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware
and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and Printers
.
2
Click
Add a printer
to launch the
Add Printer
wizard.
3
Select
Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
4
In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click
Next
.
NOTE:
In the list of available printers, the Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer is displayed in the form of
http://IP
address/ws
/.
NOTE:
If no Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP address manually to
create a Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer. To enter the printer's IP address manually, follow the instructions below.
For Windows Server
®
2008 R2, to create a Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer, you must be a member of
Administrators group.
1. Click The printer that I want isn't listed.
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and click Next.
Printing
201
NOTE:
Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server
®
2008 R2 or Windows
®
7, perform one
of the following:
•Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan your computer.
•Add the printer driver to your computer.
5
If prompted, install the printer driver on your computer. If you are prompted for an administrator password or
confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation.
6
Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click
Finish
.
7
Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
(
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
for Windows
Vista
®
and Windows Server
®
2008).
For Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows Server
®
2012, and Windows Server
®
2012 R2:
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
(
Hardware
for Windows Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2)
Devices and
Printers
.
b
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click
Printer properties
(
Properties
for Windows Vista
®
and
Windows Server
®
2008).
c
On the
General
tab, click
Print Test Page
. When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Printing With Wi-Fi Direct
This section provides information for Wi-Fi Direct printing. Wi-Fi Direct allows your Wi-Fi mobile devices such as
computers, smart phone, and tablets, to connect to the printer directly via a Wi-Fi network. With Wi-Fi Direct, you
can print documents, photos, or e-mail on your Wi-Fi mobile devices directly without a wireless access point.
NOTE:
Wi-Fi Direct is available when the optional wireless adapter is installed.
NOTE:
Only printing function is available via the Wi-Fi Direct network.
NOTE:
The maximum number of devices that can be connected via the Wi-Fi Direct network is 3.
NOTE:
You cannot connect your mobile device to the Internet via the printer’s Wi-Fi Direct network.
NOTE:
Depending on the device, the channel used to connect the device to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct may differ from the
channel used by the printer to connect to a network via Wi-Fi infrastructure mode. In such a case, simultaneous connection with
Wi-Fi Direct and Wi-Fi infrastructure mode may not work properly.
NOTE:
The printer connected with Wi-Fi Direct supports the following protocols; LPD, Port9100, Web Services on Devices
(WSD) (print), Bonjour (mDNS), SNMPv1/v2c, Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct
To use Wi-Fi Direct, you need to first set up the Wi-Fi Direct settings from the operator panel of the printer. To
connect the mobile device to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct, select the SSID of the printer from the list of wireless
networks on the mobile device and enter the passphrase necessary for connection.
Setting Up the Printer
1
Press the (
Menu
) button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi Direct
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Ensure that
Wi-Fi Direct
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
202
Printing
6
Press the button until
Enable
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
When a popup message about the devices is displayed, press the (
Set
) button to select
Close
.
7
The printer must be rebooted after you set
Wi-Fi Direct
. After the reboot, repeat steps from 1 to 5.
8
Press the button until
Group Role
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
9
Press the button to select
Group Owner
, and then press the (
Set
) button.
10
Press the button until
SSID
and
Passphrase
appears, and then press the (
Set
) button each menu to
check what the SSID and passphrase is.
Connecting the Mobile Device
1
Connect the mobile device to the Wi-Fi Direct network.
For Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
RT, and Windows
®
RT 8.1
a
Ta p
Settings
in the
PC settings
menu.
b
Tap the Wi-Fi icon.
c
Tap the printer’s SSID, and then tap
Connect
.
d
Enter the passphrase, and then tap
Next
.
The mobile device will connect to the printer.
For Windows
®
7
a
Click the network icon on the taskbar.
b
Click the printer’s SSID, and then click
Connect
.
c
Enter the passphrase, and then click
OK
.
d
Click
Cancel
to exit the
Set Network Location
window.
The mobile device will connect to the printer.
For Windows Vista
®
a
Click
Start
Connect To.
b
Click the printer’s SSID.
c
Enter the passphrase, and then click
Connect
.
The mobile device will connect to the printer.
For iOS
a
Ta p
Settings
Wi-Fi
.
b
Tap the printer’s SSID.
c
Enter the passphrase, and then tap
Join
.
The mobile device will connect to the printer.
For Android
The procedure varies depending on your mobile device you are using. Refer to the manual provided with your
mobile device.
2
Install the printer on the mobile device.
For Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
RT, and Windows
®
RT 8.1
a
Click
Devices
in the
PC settings
menu.
b
Click
Add a device
in the
Devices
sub-menu.
Printing
203
c
Click
Dell_xxxxxx
.
The printer is ready for use.
For Windows Vista
®
and Windows
®
7
You need to install the printer driver on the mobile device. See "Installing Printer Drivers on Windows
®
Computers."
For iOS
You need to install the printing application such as Mobile Print App for Dell, and then the printer is ready for use.
For Android
You need to install the printing application such as Dell Mobile Print, and then the printer is ready for use.
Printing via Wi-Fi Direct
The printing procedure varies depending on your mobile device you are using. Refer to the manual provided with
your mobile device to print as you normally do from the device.
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network
1
Press the (
Menu
) button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi Direct
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
Paired Device
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
6
Press the (
Set
) button to select the device name.
7
Press the button until
Disconnect
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
8
Press the button until
Start
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
Resetting the Passphrase
1
Press the (
Menu
) button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi Direct
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
Paired Device
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
6
Press the (
Set
) button to select the device name.
7
Press the button until
Reset Passphrase
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
8
Press the button until
Start
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
The Wi-Fi Direct is disconnected and the passphrase is reset.
204
Printing
Resetting the PIN
1
Press the (
Menu
) button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
4
Press the button until
Wi-Fi Direct
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
5
Press the button until
PIN Code
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
6
Press the button until
Reset PIN Code
is highlighted, and then press the (
Set
) button.
The Wi-Fi Direct is disconnected and the PIN is reset.
Mobile Printing
The Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn supports printing from a variety of mobile devices.
Android OS
Download the Dell Document Hub app for free from Google Play. Easy to use and navigate, the Dell Document
Hub app enables direct printing of photos, documents web content and more, to supported Dell printers on a Wi-Fi,
Wi-Fi Direct, or Ethernet network.
Scan the QR Code for quick access to the relevant application store.
Apple iOS
This printer is compatible with AirPrint. For details about AirPrint, see "Printing With AirPrint." This printer is also
compatible with Dell Document Hub App, available for free download from App Store.
Scan the QR Code for quick access to the relevant application store.
For Android OS
For Apple iOS
Printing
205
Printing With AirPrint
AirPrint allows you to print through a network with the device running iOS or OS X.
Be sure to install the latest version of iOS for iOS device. For OS X, be sure to update OS X and the apps
you have purchased from the App Store using the Software Update.
Setting Up AirPrint on Your Printer
1
Ensure that the printer is connected to the network.
2
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.
For more information, see "Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" and "Starting the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool."
3
When the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
opens, click
Print Server Settings
in the left frame, and click the
Print Server Settings
tab.
4
Click
AirPrint
.
5
In
Enable AirPrint
, select the check box to enable the printer for AirPrint.
6
Click
Apply New Settings
.
7
Click
Restart Printer
.
Printing via AirPrint
The following procedure uses the iPhone running iOS8.1 as an example.
1
Open your email, photo, web page, or document you want to print.
2
Tap the action icon
.
3
Ta p
Print
.
4
Select your printer and set printer options.
5
Ta p
Print
.
Printing With Google Cloud Print
By registering the printer to your Google account, you can use the Google Cloud Print service to print from the
Google Chrome browser without installing the printer drivers to your device. You can also share the printer with the
specified users over the Internet.
The printer supports the following version of the Google Cloud Print service:
• Google Cloud Print version 1.1
• Google Cloud Print version 2.0
NOTE:
Information about Google Cloud Print is based on the information as of December 2014. For the latest information, visit
the Google Cloud Print web site.
NOTE:
Use the latest version of the Google Chrome browser for Google Cloud Print.
Preparing to Use the Printer with Google Cloud Print
To use Google Cloud Print, you need the following preparations in advance:
• "Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer"
• "Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service"
• "Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service"
• "Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service"
206
Printing
NOTE:
To register the printer to the Google Cloud Print service, the printer needs to be connected to the Internet.
NOTE:
Google Cloud Print supports only IPv4 connection.
NOTE:
If the printer is connected to a network that uses a proxy server, you need to specify the settings in Proxy Server from the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For more information, see "Proxy Server."
NOTE:
Acquire a Google account and a Gmail address in advance.
Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer
When using the operator panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press the button until
Admin Settings
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press the button until
Network
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press the button until
Protocols
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press the button until
Google Cloud Print
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that
Enable
is highlighted, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
When the message
This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart
is displayed, press the
(Back)
button.
8
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.
When using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
by entering IP address of the printer in your web browser. For
more information, see "Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" and "Starting the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool."
2
When the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
opens, go to the pages in the
Print Server Settings
tab. Click
Port
Settings
. In
Port Status
, select the
On
check box for
Google Cloud Print
.
Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service
Select the version of the Google Cloud Print service from either version 1.1 or version 2.0.
Google Cloud Print version 1.1 sends the print data to the printer via Internet. For this version, the printer needs to
be connected to the Internet.
Printing
207
Google Cloud Print version 2.0 sends the print data to the printer either via Internet or via local network. This
version is recommended for the environment where the Internet connection cannot be used.
NOTE:
Available options for printing may vary according to your device or the version of the Google Cloud Print service.
NOTE:
You cannot use both version 1.1 and version 2.0 of the Google Cloud Print service on a printer.
Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service
Before registering the printer to the Google Cloud Print service, prepare the Google account to which the printer is
registered.
NOTE:
To register the printer to the Google Cloud Print service, the printer needs to be connected to the Internet.
NOTE:
The Google account which is used in the registration procedure will be registered as the owner.
For Google Cloud Print Version 1.1
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
by entering IP address of the printer in your web browser. For
more information, see "Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" and "Starting the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool."
2
When the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
opens, go to the pages in the
Print Server Settings
tab. Click
Register This Device to Google Cloud Print
in
Google Cloud Print
. A sheet with a URL for the Google Cloud
Print printer registration web site is printed.
3
From the web browser of your computer, visit the Google web site and sign in with your Google account. Visit the
Google Cloud Print registration web site by entering the URL on the printout into your web browser. You can also
visit the site by scanning the QR code with your mobile device.
4
On the Google Cloud Print registration web site, click
Finish printer registration
.
5
Click
Manage your printers
. Your printer will be listed in the
Printers
list and will be ready for use with the Google
Cloud Print service.
NOTE:
When the printer does not print a sheet with a URL and shows a message of the status code 016-757, launch the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool, open the Dell AccessControl page in the Print Volume tab, and either turn AccessControl Mode
to Off or turn Non Registered User to On.
For Google Cloud Print Version 2.0
1
Launch the Google Chrome browser. When you are using the Google Chromebook, start and log in to the
Chromebook.
2
Click in the top right corner, and select
Settings
.
3
Click
Show advanced settings
in the bottom of the page.
208
Printing
4
Click
Manage
under the
Google Cloud Print
menu.
NOTE:
If a message is displayed under New Devices to request you to sign in to Chrome, click sign in and sign in to
Chrome.
5
Click
Register
for the printer you want to register.
NOTE:
If Bonjour (mDNS) is set to off, the new printer will not show in New devices. In this case, launch the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool, open the Port Settings page in the Print Server Settings tab, and turn Bonjour (mDNS) to On.
6
When the window to confirm the registration appears, click
Register
.
The window appears to show that the printer is being added.
7
Go to the printer, and follow the instructions displayed on the operator panel.
8
When the printer name appears in the
My devices
list, the registration is completed.
NOTE:
It may take about 5 minutes or more until the printer name appears in the My devices list.
Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service
You can share the printer registered for the Google Cloud Print service with other users.
1
Launch the Google Chrome browser. When you are using the Google Chromebook, start and log in to the
Chromebook.
2
Click in the top right corner, and select
Settings
.
3
Click
Show advanced settings
in the bottom of the page.
4
Click
Manage
under the
Google Cloud Print
menu.
NOTE:
If a message is displayed to request you to sign in to Chrome, click sign in and sign in to Chrome.
5
Click
Manage
for the printer you want to share.
6
In the
Google Cloud Print
window, click
Share
.
7
In the window to specify the printer sharing, enter the Google accounts of the users you want to invite to share the
printer, and click
Share
.
NOTE:
When the invited users log in to the Google Cloud Print web page, a message appears to show that the printer owner
made the sharing settings. Accept the sharing invitation.
Canceling Registration to Google Cloud Print
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
, open the
Google Cloud Print
page in the
Print Server Settings
tab.
2
Click
Cancel Registration
.
3
Confirm that the button changes to
Register This Device to Google Cloud Print
.
Printing via Google Cloud Print
The printing procedure varies depending on the application or the device you are using. You can see the application
list that supports Google Cloud Print service on the Google web site.
Printing From an Application on a Mobile Device
The following procedure uses the Google Drive application on an Android mobile device as an example.
1
Install the Google Drive application on your mobile device.
NOTE:
You can download the application from Google Play.
2
Access the Google Drive application from your mobile device and select the document.
3
Select
Print
from the application menu.
Printing
209
4
Select your printer from the list.
5
Select printer options and then tap
Print
.
Printing From Google Chrome
The following procedure uses the Google Chrome browser on the computer running a Microsoft
®
Windows
®
operating system as an example.
1
Open the Google Chrome browser.
2
Open the web page or e-mail that you want to print.
3
Click
or
(varies depending on the version of the Google Chrome browser) in the top right corner and then
click
Print
.
4
Click
Change
in the
Destination
area.
5
Choose your printer from the Google Cloud Print area.
NOTE:
When your printer is registered to Google Cloud Print version 2.0, you can print the document by way of the local
print with the printer in your local network. In this case, select your printer in Local Destinations.
6
Click
Print
.
Printing From Google Chromebook
1
Open the web page or e-mail that you want to print.
2
Click in the top right corner and then click
Print
.
3
Confirm that your printer is specified in the
Destination area
. If not, click
Change
and select your printer.
NOTE:
When your printer is registered to Google Cloud Print version 2.0, you can print the document by way of the local
print with the printer in your local network. In this case, select your printer in Local Destinations.
4
Click
Print
.
Printing a Report Page
You can print a variety of settings for your printer including printer settings, panel setting, and font list. For details about
how to print reports or lists, see "Report / List."
Printer Settings
You can change most of the print settings from the application you are printing from. If your printer is attached to
the network, you can also change settings from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. To launch the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. To find your printer's IP address,
see
"
Verifying the IP Settings.
"
Settings from the application update the default system settings for the printer. Settings from the printer driver only
apply to the job that you are currently sending to the printer.
If you cannot change a setting from the application, use the operator panel, Tool Box or the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Changing a system setting from the operator panel, Too l Box or from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool makes that setting the user default.
You can verify the detailed system settings by printing a printer settings report. For details about how to print a
printer settings report, see "
Report / List
."
You can reset settings to their default values from the Tool Box or the operator panel.
210
Printing
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.
When you first browse through the menus from the operator panel, you see some menu items are highlighted.
These highlighted items are the factory default and original system settings.
NOTE:
Factory defaults may vary for different countries.
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, the item selected is highlighted to identify it as the current
user default menu setting.
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.
Driver settings may override changes previously made and may require you to change the operator panel defaults.
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer Settings
If your printer is connected to the network, you can change the printer settings from your web browser. If you are a
network administrator, you can clone the system settings of one printer to one or all the printers on the network.
Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser. Choose Printer Settings from the topics list. From the
Printer Settings tab, select the System Settings to change the printer settings.
To change the paper type and size, choose Tray Settings from the topics list. To change the AccessControl settings,
choose Print Volume from the topics list, and then select the Dell AccessControl tab.
To copy your system settings to another printer on the network, choose Copy Printer Settings from the topics list,
and then type the other printer's IP address.
If you do not know your printer's IP address, see the printer
settings report or display the TCP/IP settings
. For details
about how to find your printer's IP address, see "Verifying the IP Settings."
211
Know Your Printer
18 Understanding Your Printer Software ................................... 213
19 Using Digital Certificates ......................................................... 227
20 Understanding Printer Messages .......................................... 235
21 Specifications............................................................................ 239
212
Understanding Your Printer Software
213
18
Understanding Your Printer Software
Use the
Software and Documentation
disc that shipped with your printer to install a combination of software
programs, depending on your operating system.
Printer Status Window
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error occurs, for example, when a paper
jam occurs or the toner is running low.
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs. When an error occurs, the error message
appears on the Printer Status window. You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing in
Printing Status Window Properties.
You can also check the toner level, the quantity of paper remaining or the configuration of options for the printer.
Status Monitor Console
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status Window for a particular printer.
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name to open a Status Window for a
particular printer.
Dell Supplies Management System
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All Programs menu or the desktop icon.
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Dell Supplies Management
System
.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
2
Select your printer from the
Select Printer Model
list.
3
If you are ordering from the web:
a
Select a URL from the
Select Reorder URL
list.
b
Click
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
.
NOTE:
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by two-way communication, a window prompting
you to type the Service Tag appears. Type the Service Tag of your Dell printer in the field provided.
Your Service Tag is located inside the front cover of your printer.
4
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the
Order by Phone
section.
User Setup Disk Creating Tool
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program located in the MakeDisk folder of the Utilities folder on the
Software
and Documentation
disc and the printer drivers located on the
Software and Documentation
disc are used to create
driver installation packages that contain custom driver settings. A driver installation package can contain a group of
saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:
• Print orientation and Multiple Up (document settings)
• Watermarks
•Font references
If you want to install the printer driver with the same settings on multiple computers running the same operating
system, create a setup disk in a floppy disk or in a server on the network. Using the setup disk that you have created
will reduce the amount of work required when installing the printer driver.
214
Understanding Your Printer Software
• Install the printer driver in the computer on which the setup disk is to be created.
• The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk was created or computers running the
same operating system. Create a separate setup disk for each of the operating systems.
Software Update
The firmware and/or driver updates can be downloaded from the Dell Support web site located at dell.com/support.
Printer Utility Software
You can open the Status Window, Tool Box, updater, and Troubleshooting using the Quick Launch Utility window.
NOTE:
Quick Launch Utility is only supported on Microsoft
®
Windows
®
.
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility when you install the Dell software.
To install the Dell software, follow the instructions below.
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The
Dell Printer Easy
Install
program launches automatically.
2
Click
Main Menu
.
3
Click
Connect
. Select
Software and Documentation
, and then click
Next
.
4
Follow the on-screen instructions.
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Quick Launch Utility
.
The Quick Launch Utility window provides three buttons: Status Window, Tool Box, Updater, and
Troubleshooting.
To exit the Quick Launch Utility window:
1
Click the Close (x) button at the top-right of the window.
For details, click
Help
of each application.
Status Window
The Status Window button opens the Printer Status window. For more information about using Status Window,
refer to "Printer Status Window."
Tool Box
The Tool Box button opens the To ol Box.
Updater
The Updater button updates the printer firmware.
Understanding Your Printer Software
215
Troubleshooting
The Troubleshooting button opens the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows you to solve problems by yourself.
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer through the exchange of
information between the Macintosh and the printer.
Status Monitor Widget Feature
• Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your Macintosh
• Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner
• Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Operating systems
• Mac OS X 10.5
• Mac OS X 10.6
• OS X 10.7
• OS X 10.8
• OS X 10.9
• OS X 10.10
Network protocols and interfaces
•LPR
• Socket 9100
•Bonjour
• USB 2.0 and 1.1 (When connecting with multiple printers of the same model via USB cables, only the printer
recognized first can be monitored in the
Status Monitor Widget
.)
Installing the Status Monitor Widget
1
Double-click the
Dell S2810dn Installer
icon in the
Finder
window.
2
Follow the on-screen instructions.
When the
Install Succeeded
screen appears, the installation is complete.
NOTE:
Entering the administrative login name and password are required during the installation process.
216
Understanding Your Printer Software
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
Opening the Status Monitor Widget
1
Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock to launch Dashboard.
2
Click the Plus (+) sign to display the Widget Bar.
3
Click the icon of
Status Monitor
in the Widget Bar. The
Printer Status
window appears.
NOTE:
If the message Select a printer is displayed, select your printer in Preferences. (For more information on
Preferences, see "Preferences.")
Closing the Status Monitor Widget
1
Click the Close (x) button in the upper-left corner of the
Printer Status
window.
Printer Status Window
When the Status Monitor Widget is activated, the Printer Status window appears on Dashboard.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE:
The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be specified in
Preferences. Also, the printer status is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is closed.
NOTE:
If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, the message Cannot get printer information is
displayed.
NOTE:
When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status of the printer during a print job.
Understanding Your Printer Software
217
Printer Status Image Area
Displays the image of printer condition.
• Estimated Toner Level image
Displays the estimated toner level if the printer is functioning properly.
NOTE:
If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the Unknown toner image is displayed.
• Printer error image
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
Order Supplies button
Click this button to display the Order window.
To hide the Order window, click Order Supplies again.
Info (i)
button
Click this button to open Preferences.
NOTE:
The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the Printer Status window.
The info (i) button is a standard used across all widgets.
Order Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by telephone or from the web site.
To open the Order window:
1
Click
Order Supplies
in the
Printer Status
window.
The
Order
window appears.
NOTE:
The Order window appears when low toner is detected.
218
Understanding Your Printer Software
Order Online
•
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
hyperlink
Click the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
hyperlink to access the web site for ordering Dell printer
supplies.
•URL list
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
hyperlink is clicked.
Order By Phone
• Phone number list
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell printer supplies.
•
Update phone contacts when rebooting
check box
Select this check box to regularly update the phone number list.
Dell and the Environment
Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.
Preferences
To open Preferences:
1
Click the
info (i)
button
in the
Printer Status
window.
Preferences
appears.
NOTE:
The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the Printer Status
window. The info (i) button is a standard used across all widgets.
Understanding Your Printer Software
219
Printer
Displays a list of available printer names in the pull down menu. The first printer displayed in this list is set as
default.
Status Update Interval
You can specify the update interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to obtain the printer information every
10 seconds. It can be set from 0 to 600 seconds.
SNMP Community Name
You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community name if using default community
name (public). Up to 31 characters can be entered.
Get Tag button
Click this button to obtain the service tag.
NOTE:
You cannot retrieve the service tag when the printer is connected via USB cable.
done button
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.
Status Monitor Console for Linux
Status Monitor Console is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer through the exchange of
information between the Linux and the printer.
Status Monitor Console Feature
• Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your Linux.
• Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner.
• Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies.
220
Understanding Your Printer Software
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
NOTE:
The Status Monitor Console requires the following modules installed.
- Python, PyGTK, Net-SNMP, cups-libs, and xdg-open
Please confirm that these modules are installed before you install the
Status Monitor Console
.
NOTE:
The Status Monitor Console is available when the printer is connected to a network (LPR or Socket 9100). USB
connection is not supported.
Distributions
• Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop
• SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
• Ubuntu 12.04 LTS
Printing system
• CUPS (Common Unix Printing System)
Installing the Status Monitor Console
1
Activate the terminal, and log in as a super user.
2
Type the following rpm command in the terminal window.
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux® 6 Desktop or SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
On Ubuntu 12.04 LTS
Starting the Status Monitor Console
1
Click
Dell Printers
Status Monitor Console
The
Printer Selection
window appears.
For more information on Printer Selection window, see "Printer Selection Window."
2
Select your printer.
The
Printer Status
window appears.
For more information on
Printer Status
window, see "Printer Status Window."
• You can order supplies from the
Dell Supplies Management System
window. See "Dell Supplies Management
System Window."
# rpm -ivh (Type the package file name)
# dpkg -i (Type the package file name)
Understanding Your Printer Software
221
Printer Selection Window
Printers list
All the printers registered in the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) are displayed in a list.
• Status icons:
Ready
Unknown/Offline/Toner Low/Paper Low
Cover Open/Paper Jam/No Toner/Out Of Paper
Settings button
Click this button to open the Settings window.
Details button
Click this button to open the Printer Status window. If a non-supported printer is selected, it opens the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. For details on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration
Web Tool."
Refresh button
Click this button to update the information of printers.
Close button
Click this button to close the
Printer Selection
window
.
Printer Status Window
When the printer is specified in the
Printer Selection
window,
the Printer Status window appears.
222
Understanding Your Printer Software
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE:
The Status Monitor Console automatically obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be specified in
the Settings window. Also, the printer status is refreshed when the Refresh is clicked.
NOTE:
If the Status Monitor Console receives no response from the printer, the message Cannot get printer information is
displayed.
Printer Status Image Area
• Current Toner Status icons
Displays icons of the current status of toner.
The toner level is more than 30%.
The toner level is less than 29%.
The toner level is less than 9%.
The toner level is unknown.
• Estimated Toner Level image
Keeps you informed about the amount of toner that remains.
Toner Alert
Displays an alert message when the remaining toner is low, empty, or unknown.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online
button
Click this button to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
This button appears when the amount
of toner becomes less than 30%.
Refresh button
Click this button to update the status of the printer.
Close button
Click this button to close the Printer Status window.
Dell Supplies Management System Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by telephone or from the web site.
To open the Dell Supplies Management System window:
1
Click
Order Supplies Online
button in the
Printer Status
window.
OR
Click
Dell Printers
Dell Supplies Management System
.
Understanding Your Printer Software
223
Select Printer Model
Select your printer model name.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online
button
• When the Regular URL is selected in the
Select Reorder URL
:
Click this button to open the
Service Tag
window.
• When the Premier URL is selected in the
Select Reorder URL
:
Click this button to open the procurement and support web site.
• Select Reorder URL
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies. Select a URL address to use when the
Order Supplies Online
button is clicked.
•Regular URL:
http://Accessories.us.dell.com/sna/PrinterSeg.aspx
•Premier URL:
http://premier.dell.com
Order by Phone
• To order Dell printer supplies by phone, call the following
Select your country with phone number from the list, and call the displayed telephone number to order supplies.
•
Update phone contacts when rebooting
check box
Select this check box to regularly update the phone number list.
Dell and the Environment
Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.
Close button
Click this button to close the Dell Supplies Management System window.
224
Understanding Your Printer Software
Service Tag Window
1
Enter the Dell printer service tag.
NOTE:
For information on the service tag, see "Express Service Code and Service Tag."
Settings Window
To open the Settings window:
1
Click
Settings
in the
Printer Selection
window.
The
Settings
window appears.
Update of status
•
Printer Status is regularly updated
check box
Select the check box to enable/disable the printer status to be updated by the specified interval.
•
Update interval
text box
Specify the update interval of the printer status.
Port Number Settings
•Port Number
Specify the port number in the
Port Number
text box to open the setting page of your printer in a web browser.
Protocol Settings - SNMP
• Community Name
Enter the Community name of SNMP in the
Community Name
text box.
Understanding Your Printer Software
225
Order URL
• Select Reorder URL
The selected URL address is set as default web site for the
Select Reorder URL
in the
Dell Supplies Management
System
window.
226
Understanding Your Printer Software
Using Digital Certificates
227
19
Using Digital Certificates
The authentication feature using digital certificates upgrades security when sending print data or setting data.
This chapter describes how to manage digital certificates.
The printer supports the following formats as the digital certificates.
•PKCS#12
HTTPS, IPsec (PKI), Wi-Fi (WPA-Enterprise)
•PKCS#7 (for CSR)
HTTPS, IPsec (PKI)
NOTE:
For information about digital certificate error, see "Understanding Printer Messages" and "Digital Certificate Problems."
The following is a typical setup flow for using digital certificates.
Managing Certificates
This section describes how to manage digital certificates as follows.
• "Preparing to Manage Certificates"
• "Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
• "Importing a Digital Certificate"
• "Setting a Digital Certificate"
• "Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate"
• "Deleting a Digital Certificate"
• "Exporting a Digital Certificate"
Preparing to Manage Certificates
Before managing digital certificates, the following settings must be applied.
• "Setting HTTPS Communication"
• "Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
Prepare to manage digital certificates.
• Set HTTPS Communication
Import and set digital certificates.
• Import a Digital Certificate
• Set a Digital Certificate
• Confirm the Settings of a Digital Certificate
Set various security features using digital certificates.
228
Using Digital Certificates
Setting HTTPS Communication
Before managing certificates, set HTTPS communication with a self-signed certificate.
When Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Generate Self-Signed Certificate
of
Machine Digital Certificate
. The
Generate Self-Signed Certificate
page is displayed.
6
Select the public key method from the list of
Public Key Method
.
7
Select the size of public key from the list of
Size of Public Key
.
8
Specifies the issuer of SSL self-signed certificate.
9
Click
Generate Signed Certificate
.
10
The
Restart Printer
button is displayed after generating the self-signed certificate, and then click
Restart Printer
.
11
Repeat steps 2 to 4 to display the
SSL/TLS
page after restarting the printer.
12
Confirm that the
HTTP- SSL/TLS Communication
column is set to
Enable
.
Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
NOTE:
To download a CSR from the printer, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Setting HTTPS
Communication."
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
.
The
Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
page is displayed.
6
Specify each item of certificate signing request.
7
Click
Apply New Settings
.
8
Confirm the settings of certificate signing request, and then click
Download
.
9
Save a CSR file to your computer.
Use this CSR to receive a signed certificate from a trusted certificate authority.
Using Digital Certificates
229
Importing a Digital Certificate
CAUTION:
Before importing a certificate file, back up the certificate file.
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
NOTE:
Be sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer
®
.
NOTE:
After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute exporting.
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Upload Signed Certificate
of
Machine Digital Certificate
.
The
Upload Signed Certificate
page is displayed.
6
Enter a password.
NOTE:
The password is not necessary when importing a PKCS#7 format certificate, which is having the filename extension
of.p7b.
7
Re-enter the password again to confirm it.
8
Click
Browse
of
File Name,
and select the file to be imported.
9
Click
Import
to import the certificate.
Setting a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
6
When setting a Wireless LAN (Server) certificate, select
Trusted Certificate Authorities
within
Category
.
When setting a certificate of SSL Server, SSL Client, IPsec, or Wireless LAN (Client), select
Local Device.
7
Select the purpose of use from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
8
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
NOTE:
If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.
9
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that
Valid i ty
of the certificate selected is set to
Valid
.
10
Click
Certificate Details
to display the
Certificate Details
page.
230
Using Digital Certificates
11
Confirm the content, and click
Use This Certificate
at the upper-right corner.
Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
6
Select the category from the
Category
list.
7
Select the purpose of use from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
8
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
NOTE:
If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.
9
The certificate displayed with an asterisk as "
*Valid
" in the
Valid i ty
column is the certificate associated with the
use purpose and actually used.
Deleting a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
6
Select the category from the
Category
list.
7
Select the purpose of use from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
8
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
NOTE:
If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.
9
Select the certificate to be deleted.
10
Click
Certificate Details
to display the
Certificate Details
page.
11
To delete the selected certificate, click
Delete
at the upper-right corner.
NOTE:
When a certificate is deleted, the features associated with the deleted certificate are disabled. To delete a
certificate being used, either set the feature to OFF in advance or switch the association to another certificate, and then
switch to another operation mode if possible before deleting the certificate.
Using Digital Certificates
231
• For an SSL Server, switch to another certificate such as a self-signed certificate.
• For Wireless LAN, change the Wireless Security setting to other than WPA-Enterprise before deleting the
certificate.
Exporting a Digital Certificate
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
NOTE:
Since the secret key is not exported, an imported PKCS#12 format certificate can be exported only as a PKCS#7
certificate.
1
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
a
Open the web browser.
b
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.
"
2
Select
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click the
Security
tab.
4
Select
SSL/TLS
.
5
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
6
Select the category from the
Category
list.
7
Select the purpose of use from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
8
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
NOTE:
If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.
9
Select the certificate to be exported.
10
Click
Certificate Details
to display the
Certificate Details
page.
11
To export the selected certificate, click
Export This Certificate
.
Setting the Features
You can set various security features using digital certificates.
See the following for details:
• "Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)"
• "Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication"
• "Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)"
• "Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)"
Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
1
Import the certificate to be used with the SSL-use server. For more information, see "Importing a Digital
Certificate."
2
Set the certificate to be used with the SSL-use server. For more information, see "Setting a Digital Certificate."
3
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly. For more information, see "Confirming the Settings of a Digital
Certificate."
232
Using Digital Certificates
NOTE:
Confirm whether the newly set certificate, not the self-signed certificate, is associated.
4
After restarting the printer, the certificate set as described above is used as the server certificate when executing
communication with HTTP/IPP-SSL/TLS.
Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication
1
Select
Print Server Settings
from the left side of the page.
2
Click the
Security
tab.
3
Select
SSL/TLS
.
4
Select
Enable
from the
SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication
list.
5
Click
Apply New Settings
.
6
After restarting the printer, SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication is enabled.
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
NOTE:
WPA-Enterprise is available only when infrastructure is selected as the network type.
NOTE:
Be sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer
®
.
NOTE:
After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute exporting.
1
Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (server or root certificate). For details, see "Importing a Digital
Certificate."
2
Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (server or root certificate).
a
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
b
Select
Print Server Settings
.
c
Click the
Security
tab.
d
Select
SSL/TLS
.
e
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
f
Select
Trusted Certificate Authorities
within
Category
.
g
Select
Wireless LAN (Server)
from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
h
From
Certificate Order
, select how the certificates are sorted in
Certificate List
. This setting is not necessary
if you do not need to specify the order for the certificates.
i
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
j
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that
Valid i ty
of the certificate selected is set to
Valid
.
k
Click
Certificate Details
to display the
Certificate Details
page.
l
Confirm the content, and click
Use This Certificate
at the upper-right corner.
3
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly. For details, see "Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate."
4
Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (client or client certificate). For details, see "Importing a
Digital Certificate."
5
Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (client or client certificate).
a
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
b
Select
Print Server Settings
.
c
Click the
Security
tab.
Using Digital Certificates
233
d
Select
SSL/TLS
.
e
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
f
Select
Local Device
within
Category
.
g
Select
Wireless LAN (Client)
from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
h
From
Certificate Order
, select how the certificates are sorted in
Certificate List
. This setting is not necessary
if you do not need to specify the order for the certificates.
i
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
j
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that
Valid i ty
of the certificate selected is set to
Valid
.
k
Click
Certificate Details
to display the
Certificate Details
page.
l
Confirm the content, and click
Use This Certificate
at the upper-right corner.
6
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly. For details, see "Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate."
7
Set WPA-Enterprise for EAP-TLS.
a
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
b
Click the
Print Server Settings
tab.
c
Select
Wi-Fi
.
NOTE:
This setting is available only when the optional wireless adapter is installed.
d
Select either of the following from the
Encryption list
of
Secure Settings
.
• WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES
•Mixed Mode Enterprise
NOTE:
WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES or Mixed Mode Enterprise becomes available only when the
following steps are set correctly.
•Importing a Digital Certificate
•Setting a Digital Certificate
•Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate
e
Set
EAP-Identity
of
WPA-Enterprise
.
f
Select
EAP-TLS
from the
Authentication Method
list of
WPA-Enterprise
.
g
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)
NOTE:
To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage
Certificates."
NOTE:
WPA-Enterprise is available only when infrastructure is selected as the network type.
NOTE:
Be sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer
®
.
NOTE:
After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute exporting.
1
Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (server or root certificate). For details, see "Importing a Digital
Certificate."
2
Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (server or root certificate).
a
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
b
Select
Print Server Settings
.
c
Click the
Security
tab.
d
Select
SSL/TLS
.
234
Using Digital Certificates
e
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
f
Select
Trusted Certificate Authorities
within
Category
.
g
Select the purpose of use from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
h
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
i
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that
Valid i ty
of the certificate selected is set to
Valid
.
j
Click
Certificate Details
to display the
Certificate Details
page.
k
Confirm the content, and click
Use This Certificate
at the upper-right corner.
3
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly.
a
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
b
Select
Print Server Settings
.
c
Click the
Security
tab.
d
Select
SSL/TLS
.
e
Click
Certificate Management
to display the
Certificate Management
page.
f
Select the category from the
Category
list.
g
Select
Wireless LAN (Server)
from the
Certificate Purpose
list.
h
From
Certificate Order
, select how the certificates are sorted in
Certificate List
. This setting is not necessary
if you do not need to specify the order for the certificates.
i
Click
Display the List
to display the
Certificate List
page.
j
The certificate displayed with an asterisk as "
*Valid
" in the
Valid i ty
column is the certificate associated with
the use purpose and actually used.
4
Set WPA-Enterprise for PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, or EAP-TTLS CHAP.
a
Launch
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
b
Click the
Print Server Settings
tab.
c
Select
Wi-Fi
.
NOTE:
This setting is available only when the optional wireless adapter is installed.
d
Select either of the following from the
Encryption list
of
Secure Settings
.
• WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES
•Mixed Mode Enterprise
NOTE:
WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES or Mixed Mode Enterprise becomes available only when the
following steps are set correctly.
•Importing a Digital Certificate
•Setting a Digital Certificate
•Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate
e
Set
EAP-Identity
,
Login Name
, and
Password
of
WPA-Enterprise
.
f
Select either of the following from the
Authentication Method
list of
WPA-Enterprise
:
• PEAPV0 MS-CHAPV2
•EAP-TTLS PAP
•EAP-TTLS CHAP
g
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Understanding Printer Messages
235
20
Understanding Printer Messages
The LCD panel displays error messages describing the current state of the printer and indicates possible printer
problems you must resolve. This chapter provides a list of status codes and informs you what you can do to clear
error messages. When you contact customer support about an error, have the status codes and error messages ready.
CAUTION:
When an error occurs, the print data remaining on the printer and the information accumulated in the memory of
the printer may be corrupted.
NOTE:
A status code is listed in an error message.
NOTE:
For status codes that are not listed in this chapter, refer to instructions in each error messages.
Status Codes
Status-Code What you can do
004-310 Turn off the printer. Make sure that the tray is correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
009-363 Turn off the printer. Make sure that the toner cartridge is correctly installed, and turn on the printer.
Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. For more information about installing the toner
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
009-370 Turn off the printer. Make sure that the toner cartridge is correctly installed, and turn on the printer.
Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. For more information about installing the toner
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
010-317 Turn off the printer, wait for 40 minutes to let the fusing unit cool, and then make sure that the fusing unit
is fully installed. For more information about installing the fusing unit, see "Replacing the Fusing Unit, the
Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
010-351 Turn off the printer. Remove the used fusing unit, and install a new fusing unit. For more information about
replacing the fusing unit, see "Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
010-377 Turn off the printer. Confirm that the fusing unit is correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact
customer support if this failure is repeated. For more information about installing the fusing unit, see
"Replacing the Fusing Unit."
010-421 It is time to replace the fusing unit soon. Replace the fusing unit, following the procedures in "Replacing the
Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
010-910 Either one of the two envelope switches is not set to the correct position. Open the rear cover, and slide both
the envelope switches on the fusing unit to the correct position. For more information about setting the
envelope mode, see "To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode."
010-911 The printer is not set to the envelope mode. To print on envelopes, it is recommended to set the printer to
the envelope mode. Open the rear cover, and slide both the envelope switches on the fusing unit to the
position.
010-912 The printer is set to the envelope mode. To cancel the envelope mode, open the rear cover, and slide both
the envelope switches on the fusing unit to the position. For more information about canceling the
envelope mode, see "To Cancel the Envelope Mode."
010-913 The printer is set to the envelope mode. To cancel the envelope mode, open the rear cover, and slide both
the envelope switches to the position. For more information, see "To Cancel the Envelope Mode."
016-338 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. If the error message remains on the operator panel, confirm that
the wireless adapter is securely inserted. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
016-404 Contact your system administrator. For more information about digital certificate problems, see "Digital
Certificate Problems."
236
Understanding Printer Messages
016-405 Security setting mismatch. Initialize the security setting, and then restart the printer. Contact your system
administrator for the security resetting.
016-520 IPsec certificate error. (Certificate error of the printer.) The certificate of the printer is invalid. Contact your
system administrator. Reset the certificate from other connectable clients with Dell™ Printer
Configuration Web Tool. If no device can be connected, disconnect Ethernet cable, turn off the IPsec, and
then reset the certificate with Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
016-521 IPsec certificate error. (Remote device certification verification error.) The certificate of the destination
client is invalid. Contact your system administrator. Confirm the certificate of the destination client and
reset.
016-530 Authentication server access error. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Check the access settings for
the authentication server and try again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
016-541 A wireless certificate (server or client) cannot be correctly referenced while using Wireless LAN
WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. Ask your system administrator to connect the printer with a wired
network, initialize the wireless settings, import the wireless certificate, and set WPA-Enterprise or
WPA2-Enterprise again.
016-542 A server certificate error has occurred when acquiring the certificate with the operation of WPA-Enterprise
or WPA2-Enterprise. This is a problem in the server certificate, such as the validity period has expired for
the server certificate being used with the Radius server. Ask your system administrator to confirm the server
certificate being used with the Radius server.
016-543 A wireless certificate (server or client) corruption error has occurred while using the Wireless LAN
WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. Ask your system administrator to connect the printer with a wired
network, initialize the wireless settings, import the wireless certificate, and set WPA-Enterprise or
WPA2-Enterprise again.
016-720 Error relating to PDL emulation problems has occurred. Change the Print Mode setting in the Graphics tab
of the printer driver. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
016-756 Printing in the prohibited time. Contact your system administrator.
016-757 The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-758 The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.
016-759 Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.
016-799 Press the (Set) button to clear the message and cancel the current print job. Confirm the
configuration of the printer on the printer driver.
024-910 The paper size set is different from the specified size. Load the specified paper in tray1. To load paper in
tray1, see "Loading Print Media."
024-911 The paper size set is different from the specified size. Load the specified paper in the optional 550-sheet
feeder (tray2). To load paper in tray2, see "Loading Print Media."
024-914 The paper size set is different from the specified size. Load the specified paper in the multipurpose feeder
(MPF). To load paper in the MPF, see "Loading Print Media."
024-965 Confirm that the size and type specified in the tray settings matches the size and type of paper loaded in the
tray.
024-966
024-969
027-446 Change the IPv6 address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again.
027-452 Change the IPv4 address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again.
042-700 Wait for a while until the printer cools down. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
077-300 Close the front cover.
077-302 Close the rear cover.
091-411 The time to replace the drum cartridge is coming soon. Prepare the new drum cartridge.
Status-Code What you can do
Understanding Printer Messages
237
091-479 Open the front cover. Remove the used drum cartridge, and install a new drum cartridge. For more
information about replacing the drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
091-914 Reinstall the drum cartridge. If the message remains, replace the cartridge. For more information about
replacing the drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
091-921 Make sure that the drum cartridge is fully installed. For more information about installing the drum
cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
091-931 Remove the used drum cartridge, and install a new cartridge. For more information about replacing the
drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
091-942 Reinstall the drum cartridge. If the message remains, replace the cartridge. For more information about
replacing the drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
091-963 Remove the unsupported drum cartridge, and install a supported drum cartridge. For more information
about installing a drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
093-426 The time to replace the toner cartridge is coming soon. Prepare the new toner cartridge.
093-922 Open the front cover, and pull out the toner cartridge. Shake it five or six times, and reinstall it. For more
information about replacing the toner cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
093-933 Remove the used toner cartridge, and install a new cartridge. For more information about replacing the
toner cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
093-963 Remove the unsupported toner cartridge, and install a supported toner cartridge. For more information
about installing the toner cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
093-973 Make sure that the toner cartridge is fully installed. For more information about installing the toner
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."
142-700 Do not start another print job until the warning message disappears.
193-700 When a genuine toner cartridge is installed, change the Non-Dell Toner setting to disable using the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool or the Tool Box.
Status-Code What you can do
238
Understanding Printer Messages
Specifications
239
21
Specifications
Operating System Compatibility
Your Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn is compatible with Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003, Windows Server 2003
x64 Edition, Windows Server
®
2008, Windows Server
®
2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2008 R2, Windows
Vista
®
, Windows Vista
®
64-bit Edition, Windows
®
7, Windows
®
7 64-bit Edition, Windows
®
8, Windows
®
8 64-
bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2012, Windows
®
8.1, Windows
®
8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server
®
2012 R2,
Windows
®
RT, Windows
®
RT 8.1, Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, OS X 10.10,
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop (32/64bit), SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32/64bit), and Ubuntu 12.04
LTS (32/64bit).
Power Supply
*
This condition is equivalent to Network standby mode, the power consumption in this condition is that all wired
network ports are connected and all wireless network ports are activated.
Dimensions
Height: 273 mm (10.75 inches) Width: 410 mm (16.14 inches) Depth: 438 mm (17.24 inches)
Weight (including toner cartridge and drum cartridge): 12.3 kg (27.12 lb)
Memory
Rated voltage 220 VAC - 240 VAC 110 VAC - 127 VAC
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Current 6 A or less 11 A or less
Power Consumption 220 - 240 VAC 110 - 127 VAC
Ready 44.0 W 44.0 W
Sleep 7.0 W 7.0 W
Deep Sleep 1.2 W* 1.2 W
Offline 0 W 0 W
Memory
1 GB
Speed
DDR3-1066MHz
240
Specifications
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and
Interface
MIB Compatibility
Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information about network devices (such as adapters,
bridges, routers, or computers). This information helps network administrators manage the network (analyze
performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn complies with standard industry MIB
specifications, allowing the printer to be recognized and managed by various printer and network management
software systems.
Environment
Operation
Print Quality Guarantee
Storage
Altitude
PDL/Emulations PCL 6, PCL5e, PostScript 3 Compatible, HBPL, XML Paper Specification (Host Based/PCL 6)
Operating systems Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003/Windows Server
®
2003 x64/Windows Server
®
2008/Windows
Server
®
2008 x64/Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64/Windows Vista
®
/Windows Vista
®
x64/Windows
®
7/Windows
®
7 x64/Windows
®
8/Windows
®
8 x64/Windows
®
8.1/Windows
®
8.1 x64/Windows
Server
®
2012/Windows Server
®
2012 R2, Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS
X 10.9, OS X 10.10, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop (32/64bit), SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
11 (32/64bit), and Ubuntu 12.04 LTS (32/64bit)
Interfaces Standard local: USB 2.0
Standard network: 10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T Ethernet
Optional network: IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n (Wireless)
Temperature 10
°C - 32 °C
Relative humidity
10 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Temperature
15 °C - 28 °C
Relative humidity
20 % - 70 % RH (no condensation)
Temperature range
-20 °C to 40 °C (0 °F to 104 °F)
Storage humidity range
5 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Operating
Up to 3,100 m (10,170 feet)
Storage
Up to 3,100 m (10,170 feet)
Specifications
241
Cables
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:
Print Specifications
*
Based on Dell internal testing. Actual print speed will vary with use.
Connection type Connection specifications and symbols
1Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T
2USB USB 2.0
3Wireless adapter socket IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
Item Description
Print resolution 600 dpi x 600 dpi
Print speed
*
Simplex: Black & White 35 ppm (Letter / A4)
Duplex: Black & White 24 ppm (Letter / A4)
Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6, Letter, Executive, Folio (8.5" x 13"), Statement, Legal,
Envelope #10, Monarch, DL, C5, Japanese postcard
1
2
3
242
Specifications
Optional Wireless Adapter
*1
: EAP method supports PEAPv0, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS PAP, and EAP-TTLS CHAP.
*2
: WPS 2.0 compliant.
Item Description
Connectivity technology Wireless
Compliant standards IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n
Bandwidth 2.4 GHz
Data transfer rate IEEE 802.11n: 65 Mbps
IEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps
IEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps
Security 64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES), WPA-Enterprise (TKIP, AES)
*1
,
WPA2-Enterprise (AES)
*1
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
*2
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Wireless mode Infrastructure, Ad-hoc, Wi-Fi Direct
243
Maintaining Your Printer
22 Maintaining Your Printer.......................................................... 245
23 Clearing Jams............................................................................ 267
244
Maintaining Your Printer
245
22
Maintaining Your Printer
You need to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality.
Determining the Status of Supplies
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool can provide instant feedback
on the remaining toner level. Type the printer's IP address in your web browser to view this information. To use the
E-Mail Alert Setup feature that notifies you when the printer requires new supplies, type the desired e-mail address
in the e-mail list box.
On the LCD panel screen, you can also confirm the following:
• Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However, the printer can only display
information about one item at a time).
• Amount of toner remaining in the toner cartridge.
Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve the toner cartridge and paper.
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables (toner cartridge and drum cartridge) from Dell on the Internet when using a networked
printer. Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool,
and click the Order Supplies at: to order consumables for your printer.
You can also order consumables by the following method.
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn
Dell Supplies Management
System
.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
2
Select your printer from the
Select Printer Model
list.
3
If you are ordering from the web:
a
Select a URL from the
Select Reorder URL
list.
b
Click
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
.
NOTE:
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by two-way communication, a window that
prompts you to type the Service Tag appears. Type your Dell printer Service Tag in the field provided.
Your Service Tag number is located inside the front cover of your printer.
If you are ordering by phone, call the number that appears in the
Order by Phone
section.
Supply Setting Function
Toner cartridge Toner Saver in the Others tab This check box allows the users to select a print mode that uses less
toner. The image quality will be lower when this feature is used.
Print media Multiple Up in the Layout tab The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a sheet.
Print media Duplex in the General tab The printer prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.
246
Maintaining Your Printer
Storing Print Media
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are several things you can do:
• To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment where the temperature is
approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative humidity is 40 %.
• Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.
• If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so
the edges do not buckle or curl.
• Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do not store consumables in:
• Temperatures greater than 40 °C (104 °F).
• An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
• Direct sunlight.
•Dusty places.
• A car for a long period of time.
• An environment where corrosive gases are present.
• A humid environment.
Maintaining Your Printer
247
Replacing the Toner Cartridge
WARNING:
Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the
Important
Information
.
Dell toner cartridge is available only through Dell. You can order cartridge online at http://www.dell.com/supplies or
by phone. To order by phone, see "Contacting Dell."
It is recommended to use Dell toner cartridge for your printer. Dell does not provide warranty coverage for problems
caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell.
WARNING:
Never throw used toner cartridge into fire. The residual toner could explode resulting in burns and injuries.
WARNING:
Do not shake the used toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.
Removing the Toner Cartridge
NOTE:
Ensure that you remove all the paper from the MPF and close the MPF cover before removing the toner cartridge.
1
Grasp the grips on both sides of the front cover, and then pull it down to open.
2
Grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then raise it upward to unlock.
3
Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull it out.
WARNING:
Do not shake the toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.
248
Maintaining Your Printer
Installing a Toner Cartridge
1
Unpack a new toner cartridge.
2
Shake the new toner cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly.
3
Make sure that the two tabs of the toner cartridge align with the grooves on the printer, and then insert it into the
printer until it clicks into place.
4
Grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then pull it down until it stops.
5
Close the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
249
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
WARNING:
Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the
Important
Information
.
CAUTION:
Protect the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more than 3 minutes, print quality
may deteriorate.
Removing the Drum Cartridge
1
Grasp the grips on both sides of the front cover, and then pull it down to open.
2
Grasp the handle on the front of the drum cartridge, and then pull it out halfway with one hand.
3
Hold both sides of the drum cartridge with your hands, and then pull it out completely.
Installing a Drum Cartridge
1
Unpack a new drum cartridge.
CAUTION:
The protective cover of the drum comes off while inserting the drum cartridge into the cartridge slot. You do not
need to remove it in advance.
250
Maintaining Your Printer
2
Hold both sides of the drum cartridge with your hands, insert the drum cartridge into the cartridge slot, and then
push it in halfway.
3
Grasp the handle on the front of the drum cartridge, and then push and install the drum cartridge until it stops.
4
To remove the toner cartridge from the old drum cartridge, grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then raise it
upward to unlock.
5
Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull it out of the old drum cartridge.
WARNING:
Do not shake the toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.
WARNING:
Keep the removed toner cartridge on a level surface.
Maintaining Your Printer
251
6
Install the removed toner cartridge to the new drum cartridge in the printer. Make sure that the two tabs of the
toner cartridge align with the grooves on the printer, and then insert it into the printer until it clicks into place.
7
Grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then pull it down until it stops.
8
Close the front cover.
252
Maintaining Your Printer
Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller
You need to replace all three parts (the Fusing Unit, Transfer Unit, and retard roller) at a time. Both the Transfer
Unit and the retard roller for replacement come with a new fusing Unit.
WARNING:
Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the
Important
Information
.
Replacing the Fusing Unit
WARNING:
Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the
Important
Information
.
Removing the Fusing Unit
1
Turn off the printer, and wait for 40 minutes.
2
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
3
Raise the two gray levers on the both sides of the fusing unit to unlock.
Maintaining Your Printer
253
4
Grasp the grips on both sides of the fusing unit placing thumb on the knurling, and then pull out the unit.
Installing a Fusing Unit
1
Unpack a new fusing unit.
2
Remove the packing material from the fusing unit.
3
Insert the fusing unit into the printer until it clicks.
NOTE:
Hold both sides of the fusing unit with your hands.
NOTE:
Make sure that the fusing unit is firmly set in the slots and cannot be moved easily.
4
Lower the two gray levers to lock the fusing unit.
254
Maintaining Your Printer
Removing the Transfer Unit
1
Push the tabs on both sides of the transfer unit inward, and then lift it out of the printer.
Installing a Transfer Unit
1
Unpack a new Transfer Unit.
2
Hold the Transfer Unit by both its ends.
3
Push the both ends of the Transfer Unit inward, put it on the Duplex Unit and then rotate the Transfer Unit
forward.
Maintaining Your Printer
255
4
Make sure that the arrow marks on the Transfer Unit and the printer face each other, and then press the two tabs
on Transfer Unit inward to lock.
5
Close the rear cover.
Removing the Retard Roller in Tray1
1
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.
2
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
NOTE:
Be sure to remove all the paper from tray1 before removing the retard roller.
256
Maintaining Your Printer
3
Slightly pressing down the lock lever on tray1 to the right with one hand, raise the retard roller with the other hand.
4
Slide the retard roller to the left to remove it from tray1.
Installing a Retard Roller in Tray1
1
Unpack a new retard roller.
2
Hold the both ends of the new retard roller, and attach it by sliding the two axles of the retard roller into the holes
on tray1.
NOTE:
Be careful not to touch the rubber rollers.
Maintaining Your Printer
257
3
While pressing the lock lever on tray1 slightly to the right, press down the retard roller until it clicks, and then
release the lock lever.
4
Load paper in tray1, and then insert the tray into the printer and push until it stops.
NOTE:
After replacing the fusing unit, be sure to initialize its life counter by following the instructions in the accompanying
manual.
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Clean the feed roller inside the printer if print media does not feed correctly.
1
Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.
NOTE:
The data in the memory are cleared when the printer is turned off.
258
Maintaining Your Printer
2
Gently pull open the MPF cover.
3
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
4
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.
5
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
259
6
Wipe the feed roller inside the printer with a cloth moistened with water.
7
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTE:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
8
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the cover.
MPF Feed Roller
Tray1 Feed Roller
260
Maintaining Your Printer
Moving the Printer
This section describes how to move the printer.
WARNING:
Two people are required to move the printer.
WARNING:
To prevent you from dropping the printer and getting backache or injuries, lift the printer by firmly gripping the
recessed areas on both sides of the printer. Never lift the printer by gripping any other areas.
NOTE:
If the optional 550-sheet feeder has been installed, uninstall the optional 550-sheet feeder before moving the printer. If
the optional 550-sheet feeder is not fixed securely to the printer, it may fall to the ground and cause injuries. For details on how to
uninstall the optional 550-sheet feeder, see "Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder."
1
Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord, interface cable, and any other cables.
NOTE:
The data in the memory are cleared when the printer is turned off.
2
Remove any paper in the output tray and retract the output tray extension.
3
Lift the printer and move it gently.
NOTE:
If you move the printer over a long distance, remove the toner cartridge from the printer to prevent toner from spilling,
and pack the printer inside a box.
Maintaining Your Printer
261
Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
WARNING:
When you remove the optional 550-sheet feeder (Tray2), be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer before starting these tasks.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer.
2
Remove any paper loaded on the MPF.
3
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull it out of the printer.
4
Pull the tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.
262
Maintaining Your Printer
5
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
6
Remove the two screws joining the printer and the optional 550-sheet feeder by unscrewing them with a coin or
similar object.
7
Gently lift the printer off the optional 550-sheet feeder, and place it on a level surface.
WARNING:
Two people are required to lift the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
263
8
Insert the tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
9
Insert the MPF into the printer.
10
Re-connect all cables into the rear of the printer and turn on the printer.
264
Maintaining Your Printer
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter
WARNING:
When you remove the optional wireless adapter, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect all cables from the back of the printer before starting these tasks.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Turn the screw on the left side cover counterclockwise to remove it.
3
Slide the left side cover towards the rear of the printer.
4
Open the left side cover completely.
5
Remove the wireless adapter from the printer by releasing the adapter's hook while pushing the wireless adapter
towards the front of the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
265
6
Close the left side cover, and then slide it towards the front of the printer.
7
Turn the screw clockwise.
8
Turn o n the p r inter.
266
Maintaining Your Printer
Clearing Jams
267
23
Clearing Jams
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid paper jams. See
"
Print Media
Guidelines
"
for more information.
NOTE:
Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended to try a sample first.
Avoiding Jams
• Use only recommended print media. See "
Print Media Guidelines
" for more information.
• See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the MPF" to
load print media properly.
• Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the print media stack height does not exceed the maximum
height indicated by the load-line labels in the tray.
• Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
• Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with print media, try feeding one sheet at a
time through the multipurpose feeder (MPF).
• Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.
• Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media source.
• Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print media.
• Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more information, see
"
Storing Print Media.
"
• Do not remove the feeding tray during a print job.
• Push tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) in firmly after loading.
• Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
• Wipe the retard rollers in the tray or MPF with a cloth that is slightly dampened with water if jams caused by
misfeeding paper occur frequently.
268
Clearing Jams
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
WARNING:
Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media path.
1Fusing Unit
2Regi Roll
3Duplex Unit
4Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
5Tra y1
6MPF
6
54
3
2
1
Clearing Jams
269
Clearing Paper Jams From the MPF
NOTE:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.
1
Remove any paper loaded on the MPF
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull it out of the printer.
3
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
270
Clearing Jams
5
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
6
Remove the jammed paper.
7
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
8
Insert the MPF into the printer.
Clearing Jams
271
9
Close the rear cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From Tray1
NOTE:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.
1
Open the MPF cover, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
3
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.
272
Clearing Jams
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
6
Remove the jammed paper.
7
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
Clearing Jams
273
8
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the cover.
9
Close the rear cover.
10
Press the
(Set)
button.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fusing Unit
NOTE:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.
If status code: 050-130 appears:
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
274
Clearing Jams
2
Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
WARNING:
The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
3
If the document is jammed under the fusing unit, remove the jammed document from under the fusing unit.
4
If the document is jammed above the fusing unit, raise the tab of the inner part, and turn it to open.
5
Remove the jammed document from above the fusing unit.
Clearing Jams
275
6
Replace the inner part.
7
Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
8
Close the rear cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer
CAUTION:
Ensure that nothing touches or scratches the surface (the roll made with sponge) of the Transfer Unit. Scratches,
dirt, or oil from your hands on the roll of the Transfer Unit may reduce print quality.
CAUTION:
Protect the drum of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the rear cover remains open for more than 3 minutes,
print quality may deteriorate.
NOTE:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.
276
Clearing Jams
If status code: 050-131 appears:
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
2
Remove the jammed paper from the duplexer.
3
Close the rear cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Regi Roll
CAUTION:
Ensure that nothing touches or scratches the surface (the roll made with sponge) of the Transfer Unit. Scratches,
dirt, or oil from your hands on the roll of the Transfer Unit may reduce print quality.
CAUTION:
Protect the drum of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the rear cover remains open for more than 3 minutes,
print quality may deteriorate.
NOTE:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.
Clearing Jams
277
If status code: 050-142 appears:
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
278
Clearing Jams
5
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
6
Remove the jammed paper from the regi roll.
7
Insert the tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTE:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
8
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.
Clearing Jams
279
9
Close the rear cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
NOTE:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.
If status code: 050-132 appears:
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.
280
Clearing Jams
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5
Pull the optional 550-sheet feeder from the printer about 200 mm.
6
Hold the optional 550-sheet feeder with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Clearing Jams
281
7
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
8
Remove the jammed paper.
9
Insert the optional 550-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.
10
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
282
Clearing Jams
11
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.
12
Close the rear cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Trays
When status code 050-134 appears:
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
Clearing Jams
283
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5
Remove the jammed paper.
6
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTE:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
284
Clearing Jams
7
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.
8
Press the ( ) (Set) button.
When status code 050-133 appears:
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.
Clearing Jams
285
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5
Pull the optional 550-sheet feeder from the printer about 200 mm.
6
Hold the optional 550-sheet feeder with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
7
Remove the jammed paper.
286
Clearing Jams
8
Insert the optional 550-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.
9
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.
10
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.
11
Press the ( ) (Set) button.
287
Troubleshooting
24 Troubleshooting Guide ............................................................. 289
288
Troubleshooting Guide
289
24
Troubleshooting Guide
Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each of the following:
• The power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet.
• The printer is turned on.
• The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
• Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.
• All options are properly installed.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn
on the printer. This often fixes the problem.
NOTE:
If error messages are displayed on the LCD panel or on your computer screen, follow the on-screen instructions to
resolve the printer problems. For details about error messages and status codes, see "Understanding Printer Messages."
Display Problems
Printing Problems
NOTE:
If
Panel Lock Control
is set to
Enable
, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the
Admin
Settings
menu.
Problem Action
Menu settings changed from the operator
panel have no effect.
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities are
overriding the settings made on the operator panel.
Problem Action
Job did not print or incorrect characters
printed.
Ensure that the top menu appears on the LCD panel before you send a job to
print. Press the (Menu) button to return to the top menu.
Ensure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press the (Menu) button
to return to the top menu.
Verify that the printer is using the correct Page Description Language (PDL).
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.
Ensure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely connected to the printer.
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.
Check the printer's interface from the
Admin Settings
.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a panel settings report to verify
that the current interface settings are correct.
Check if the
Ready
is displayed on the LCD panel. If
Ready(Envelope)
is
shown, cancel the envelope mode. For details on canceling the envelope mode, see
"To Cancel the Envelope Mode."
290
Troubleshooting Guide
Print Quality Problems
NOTE:
Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Printer Menus" and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."
• The output is too light
• Toner smears or print comes off
• Random spots/Blurred images
• The entire output is blank
• Streaks appear on the output
•Pitched dots
Print media misfeeds or multiple feeds
occur.
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer.
See "Supported Paper Types" for more information.
Fan the print media before loading it.
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Ensure that the width and length guides of the print media sources are adjusted
correctly.
Ensure that tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2), or the multi-purpose
feeder (MPF) unit is securely inserted.
Do not overload tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF.
Do not force print media into the MPF when you load it; otherwise, it may skew or
buckle.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Face the recommended print side up. See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" for more information.
Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding
improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix reams of print media.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading the print
media.
Load print media only when tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF is
empty.
Wipe the retard rollers in tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF with a
cloth moistened with water.
The envelope is creased after printed. Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the MPF as instructed in "Loading
Envelopes in the MPF."
Page breaks in unexpected places. Increase the value for Time-Out using the operator panel, the Tool Box, or Dell™
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Print media does not stack neatly in the
output tray.
Turn the print media stack over in tray1 or the MPF.
Cannot print from tray1 or the optional 550-
sheet feeder because the print media in
tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is
curled.
Load the print media into the MPF.
Problem Action
Troubleshooting Guide
291
•Vertical blanks
•Ghosting
• Light-induced fatigue
•Fog
• Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
• Jagged characters
• Banding
•Auger mark
• Wrinkled/Stained paper
• Damage on the leading edge of paper
The output is too light
Action Yes No
1The toner cartridge may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the
amount of toner left in the toner cartridge.
a
Check the toner level in the
Status
tab in the Status Monitor.
b
Replace the toner cartridge as necessary.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the
Non-Dell
Toner
option.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Maintenance
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box under
Non-Dell Toner
is selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Disable the
Toner Saver
in the printer driver.
a
On the
Others
tab, ensure that
Off
is selected in the
Toner S aver
drop-down menu.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the
Paper Type
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a
On the
General
tab, change the
Paper Type
setting.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 6.
292
Troubleshooting Guide
Toner smears or print comes off
6Stir the developer in the drum cartridge.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Clean
Developer
.
b
After you stir the developer in the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 7.
7
Clean the toner in the drum cartridge.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Toner
Refresh
.
NOTE:
Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten the
life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.
b
After you refresh the toner in the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 8.
8
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the
Paper Type
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a
On the
General
tab, change the
Paper Type
setting.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide
293
Random spots/Blurred images
2Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3Clean the transfer unit.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Clean Transfer Unit
.
b
After you clean the transfer unit, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
b
After you replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard
roller, Press the (Menu) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Ensure that the toner cartridge is installed correctly. See "Installing a
Toner Cartridge."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
Ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly. See "Installing a
Drum Cartridge."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
Action Yes No
294
Troubleshooting Guide
The entire output is blank
3Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Print a Demo Page.
a
On the operator panel, press the (
Menu
) button and select
Report/List
Demo page
.
Ensure that the demo page is correctly printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 2. Go to action 3.
2
If you are printing a document, try to print another data from the
computer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 8.
3
The toner cartridge may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the
amount of toner left in the toner cartridge.
a
Check the toner level in the
Status
tab in the Status Monitor.
b
Replace the toner cartridge as necessary.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4
If you are using a non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the
Non-Dell
Toner
option.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Service Tools
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box under
Non-Dell Toner
is selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5
Disable the
Toner Saver
in the printer driver.
a
On the
Others
tab, ensure that
Off
is selected in the
Toner Saver
drop-down menu.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 6.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide
295
Streaks appear on the output
6The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a
On the
General
tab, change the
Paper Type
setting.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 7.
7
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 8.
8
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
The toner cartridge may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the
amount of toner left in the toner cartridge.
a
Check the toner level in the
Status
tab in the Status Monitor.
b
Replace the toner cartridge as necessary.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the
Non-Dell
Toner
option.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Maintenance
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box under
Non-Dell Toner
is selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
296
Troubleshooting Guide
Pitched dots
Action Yes No
1Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the cause of the problem located?
Proceed to the action
corresponding to the
location of the
problem:
• Drum cartridge - 2
• Fusing unit or
Transfer unit - 3
Contact Dell.
2
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
3
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
b
After you replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard
roller, Launch the
Tool Box
.
c
Click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide
297
Vertical blanks
Action Yes No
1Ensure the light path is not covered.
a
Remove the drum cartridge, and keep it in the dark place.
b
Clean the rear side of the drum cartridge with a dry cloth.
NOTE:
Be careful not to touch or damage the drum.
c
Re-install the drum cartridge.
d
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
e
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
298
Troubleshooting Guide
Mottle
Action Yes No
1Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2Raise the transfer unit voltage.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Adjust
Transfer Unit
.
b
Increase the voltage. See "Adjust Transfer Unit."
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the
(
Menu
) button.
c
Select
Report/List
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
ABC
DEF
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
E
F
E
F
F
F
F
D
F
F
E
E
F
F
B
D
E
F
F
F
F
Troubleshooting Guide
299
Ghosting
Action Yes No
1Identify the type of ghosting. Proceed to the action
corresponding to the
type of ghosting.
Positive ghost - 2a
Negative ghost - 2c
Contact Dell.
a
Positive ghost
b
Negative ghost
Is the type of the problem identified?
2a
Specify
Ghost Control
to
On
.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Ghost
Control
.
b
Select
On
.
c
Press the (
Menu
) button.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
2b
Lower the transfer unit voltage.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Adjust
Transfer Unit
.
b
Decrease the voltage. See "Adjust Transfer Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
2c
Increase the transfer unit voltage.
a
Press the (
Menu
) button and select
Admin Settings
Maintenance
Adjust Transfer Unit
.
b
Increase the voltage. See "Adjust Transfer Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
ABC
ABC
300
Troubleshooting Guide
Light-induced fatigue
Fog
4Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Launch the
Tool Box
.
c
Click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell
Action Yes No
1
Check the light fatigue pattern using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the pattern on the output match with that on the Pitch
Configuration Chart?
Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
2
If the cause of the trouble is identified as the drum cartridge, replace the
drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Check if you are using a non-Dell brand toner cartridge. Go to action 2a. Go to action 3.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide
301
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
2a Enable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Service Tools
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box under
Non-Dell Toner
is selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2b.
2b
Replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge.
a
Remove the drum cartridge. See "Removing the Drum Cartridge."
b
Install a drum cartridge and a toner cartridge using a Dell toner.
c
After you replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge, Launch
the
Tool Box
.
d
Click
Report
on the
Printer Setting Reports
tab.
e
Click
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
3
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, click
Report
on the
Printer
Setting Reports
tab.
c
Click
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
If the printer is installed in a high altitude location, set the altitude of
the location.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Service Tools
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
Under
Adjust Altitude
, select the value close to the altitude of the
location where the printer is installed.
c
Click
Report
on the
Printer Setting Reports
tab.
d
Click
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
Action Yes No
302
Troubleshooting Guide
Jagged characters
2Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Report
on the
Printer Setting Reports
tab.
c
Click
Demo Page
.
The demo page is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Set
Screen
to
Fineness
in the printer driver.
a
On the
Others
tab, set
Screen
under
Items:
to
Fineness
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
Set
Print Mode
to
High Quality
in the printer driver.
a
On the
Graphics
tab, select
High Quality
from
Print Mode
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Enable
Bitmap Smoothing
in the printer driver.
a
On the
Others
tab, set
Bitmap Smoothing
under
Items:
to
On
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4
Enable
Print Page Mode
in the printer driver.
a
On the
Others
tab, set
Print Page Mode
under
Items:
to
On
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5
If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is recommended for the
printer, operating system, and the application being used.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide
303
Banding
Action Yes No
1Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the
Tool Box
, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the cause of the problem located?
Proceed to the action
corresponding to the
location of the
problem:
• Drum cartridge - 2
• Fusing unit or
Transfer unit - 3
Contact Dell.
2
Replace the drum cartridge.
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
3
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
b
After you replace the fusing unit, Launch the
Tool Box
.
c
Click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
304
Troubleshooting Guide
Auger mark
Wrinkled/Stained paper
Action Yes No
1Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. If printing on an
envelope, go to action
2.
If printing on print
media other than
envelopes, go to action
5.
2
Ensure that the printer is set to the envelope mode. See "Printing on
Envelopes – Envelope Mode."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Check the wrinkle. Is the wrinkle within 30 mm of the four edges of the
envelope?
This type of wrinkle is
considered normal.
Your printer is not at
fault.
Go to action 4.
4
Load the envelopes in the MPF properly. For details, see "Loading
Envelopes in the MPF."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5
Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 6.
6
Replace the print media with the freshly unpackaged, undamaged one.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide
305
Damage on the leading edge of paper
Jam/Alignment Problems
NOTE:
Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Printer Menus" and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."
• The top and side margins are incorrect
• Images are skewed
• Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
• MPF Misfeed Jam
•Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
• Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
• Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
• MPF Multi-feed Jam
Action Yes No
1Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2When you use the MPF, reverse the paper and then try again.
When you use any of the trays, change the paper and then try again.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. (MPF)
Go to action 3.
(trays)
Contact Dell.
3Change the paper with another one and then try again.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
306
Troubleshooting Guide
The top and side margins are incorrect
Images are skewed
Action Yes No
1Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the application being used.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3Replace the print media with the freshly unpackaged, undamaged one.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide
307
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
Action Yes No
1Ensure that tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Proceed to the action
corresponding to the
type of the print media
being used:
•Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
•Rough Surface - 2c
If using paper other
than the above, go to
action 2d, 2e.
2a
Use thick paper that is 216 g/m
2
or less.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
2b
Use thin paper that is 60 g/m
2
or more.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
2c
Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3b.
2d
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
2e
Is the print media damp? Go to action 3c. Go to action 3a.
3a
Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3b.
3b
Wipe the retard roller in tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder with a
cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4b.
3c
Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4a.
4a
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
4b
Replace the drum cartridge.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
308
Troubleshooting Guide
MPF Misfeed Jam
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
Action Yes No
1Ensure that the MPF is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Proceed to the action
corresponding to the
type of the print media
being used:
•Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
•Rough Surface - 2c
• Envelope - 2d
If using paper other
than the above, go to
action 2e.
2a
Use thick paper that is 216 g/m
2
or less.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
2b
Use thin paper that is 60 g/m
2
or more.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
2c
Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3b.
2d
Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the MPF as instructed in
"Loading Envelopes in the MPF."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3c.
2e
Is the print media damp? Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a
Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3b.
3b
Wipe the retard roller in the MPF with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4b.
3c
If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use another envelope.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
3d
Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4a.
4a
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3a.
4b
Replace the drum cartridge.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
Troubleshooting Guide
309
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
3Ensure that the fusing unit is set properly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
b
After you replace the fusing unit, Launch the
Tool Box
.
c
Click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Ensure the fusing unit is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
b
After you replace the fusing unit, Launch the
Tool Box
.
c
Click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1
Ensure that tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. If using Rough Surface
paper, go to action 2.
If using other type of
print media, go to
action 3.
2
Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
3
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4
Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5
Wipe the retard roller in tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder where the
multi-feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
310
Troubleshooting Guide
MPF Multi-feed Jam
Noise
Action Yes No
1Ensure the media type you are using.
If using Rough Surface paper, go to action 2.
If using other type of print media, go to action 3.
--
2Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
3Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 4.
4Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 5.
5Wipe the retard roller in the MPF where the multi-feed occurred with a
cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 6.
6Decrease the number of print media to be loaded to the MPF.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."
b
After you replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard
roller, Launch the
Tool Box
.
c
Click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click
Pitch Configuration Chart
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 2.
2
Replace the drum cartridge.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is complete. Go to action 3.
3
Replace the toner cartridge. See "Replacing the Toner Cartridge." The task is complete.
(The toner cartridge
you are using has been
damaged. Replace it
with a new one.)
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide
311
Digital Certificate Problems
Symptom Cause Action
The certificate import button is
disabled.
SSL communication is disabled. Create a self-signed certificate and enable SSL.
The certificate details button is
disabled.
The certificate cannot be imported. The time setting is incorrect. Confirm validity period of the certificate as well as
the time setting of the device.
The certificate file is incorrect. Confirm whether the password is correct.
Confirm whether the file type is PKCS#7/#12 or
x509CACert (extension: p7b/p12/pfx/cer/crt).
Confirm whether the attribute information (key
Usage/Extended key usage) of the certificate to be
imported is set correctly.
The browser is incorrect. Use Internet Explorer.
016-404 is displayed when trying to
use security functions that require
certificates.
The certificate data stored in
internal memory is either deleted,
corrupt, or is not readable.
Import the certificate and enable the security
settings again.
A certificate cannot be set with
"Certificate Details".
The validity period is invalid. The validity period of the certificate is invalid.
Confirm whether the time setting of the machine is
correct, and whether the validity period of the
certificate has expired.
The certificate path is invalid. The certificate chain (path validation) of the
imported certificate may not be correctly validated.
Confirm whether all of the high-level certificates
(Trusted/Intermediate) have been imported and are
not deleted, and whether the validity period has
expired.
Although a certificate was imported,
it is not displayed when selecting
with "Local Device".
The type of the certificate is
incorrect.
To import a certificate for use with the device (own
device), import the secret key and a certificate of
the PKCS#12 (p12/pfx) format as a pair.
Server validation is not operating
correctly.
The certificate chain is incorrect
when importing.
Although importing a root certificate (Trusted) to
use for server authentication, an Intermediate
certificate may be required when validating the
path.
When executing a certificate file with the
certification authority, create the certificate with a
format including all paths and then import that
certificate.
312
Troubleshooting Guide
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
If an option does not operate correctly following installation or stops working:
• Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. If this does not fix the problem, unplug the
printer, and check the connection between the option and the printer.
• Print the printer settings report to see if the option is listed in the Installed Options list. If the option is not listed,
re-install it. See "Report / List."
• Ensure the option is selected in the printer driver you are using.
The following table lists printer's option and corrective action for related problem. If the suggested corrective action
does not correct the problem, call customer service.
Wi-Fi Direct Problems
Other Problems
Contacting Service
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are experiencing or the error message that
appears.
You need to know the model type and Service Tag number of your printer. See the label located inside the front cover
of your printer and write down the Service Tag number. For details on the location of the Service Tag, see "Express
Service Code and Service Tag."
Problem Action
550-sheet feeder
• Ensure the 550-sheet feeder is correctly installed on the printer. Re-install the
feeder. See "Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" and "Installing the
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder."
• Ensure the print media is loaded correctly. See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and
the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" for more information.
Wireless Adapter • Ensure the wireless adapter is securely inserted to the correct slot.
Problem Action
The device cannot discover the printer. The printer may be connected to another device via Wi-Fi Direct. Disconnect the
printer and the device. See "Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network."
The printer cannot disconnect from the
device even when the procedure in
"Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network" has
been performed.
The device may be automatically reconnecting to the printer. Reset the passphrase
for Wi-Fi Direct and disconnect the device. See "Resetting the Passphrase."
The network mode of the printer cannot be
set to
Ad-hoc
mode.
Ensure that
Wi-Fi Direct
is set to
Disable
.
Wi-Fi Direct
cannot be set to
Enable
. Ensure that the network mode is set to
Infrastructure
mode.
Problem Action
Condensation has occurred inside the
printer.
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat the room in winter. This
also occurs when the printer is operating in a location where relative humidity
reaches 85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer to an appropriate
environment.
313
Appendix
Appendix..................................................................................... 315
314
Appendix
315
Appendix
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the
troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of the operating system, software program and hardware drivers
to the original default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of
the printer and all Dell-installed hardware. In addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical
support is available at Dell Support. Additional technical support options may be available for purchase.
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed software and peripherals. Support for
third-party software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).
Online Services
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp
(Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com
(Europe only)
www.dell.com/la
(Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca
(Canada only)
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail addresses:
• Dell Support websites
dell.com/support
support.jp.dell.com
(Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com
(Europe only)
• Dell Support e-mail addresses
mobile_support@us.dell.com
support@us.dell.com
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
apsupport@dell.com
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
• Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses
apmarketing@dell.com
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)
316
Appendix
Warranty and Return Policy
Dell Inc. ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products from parts and components that are new or equivalent to new
in accordance with industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your printer, see
dell.com/support.
Recycling Information
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware, monitors, printers, and other peripherals in an environmentally
sound manner. Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of products, components, and/or materials.
For specific information on Dell’s worldwide recycling programs, see www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide.
Contacting Dell
You can access Support for Home at dell.com/support. Select your region, enter the Service Tag of your printer and
click Submit to access help tools and information.
You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses:
•World Wide Web
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp
(Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com
(Europe only)
www.dell.com/la
(Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca
(Canada only)
• Electronic Support Service
mobile_support@us.dell.com
support@us.dell.com
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
apsupport@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
• Electronic Quote Service
apmarketing@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)

Navigation menu